1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
_dnl__ $Id$
\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
@c Copyright (c) 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c %**start of header
@setfilename _AS__.info
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@settitle Using _AS__
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
@settitle Using _AS__ (_HOST__)
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
@setchapternewpage odd
1992-04-28 02:35:40 +00:00
@c @smallbook
@c @cropmarks
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c %**end of header
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@ifinfo
@format
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@end format
@end ifinfo
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@finalout
@syncodeindex ky cp
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
of m4 macros called "pretex.m4".
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
THIS IS THE FULL SOURCE. The full source needs to be run through m4
before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 m680x0.m4 as.texinfo >as-680x0.texinfo
will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU or SysV m4; Berkeley
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
won't do) a file, configured for the M680x0 version of GAS, suitable for
formatting. See the text in "pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and
the macro definitions).
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(0)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@c
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@ifinfo
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This file documents the GNU Assembler "_AS__".
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
@end ignore
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in the original English.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end ifinfo
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@titlepage
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@title Using _AS__
@subtitle The GNU Assembler
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@subtitle for the _HOST__ family
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@sp 1
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@subtitle January 1992
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@sp 1
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@sp 13
The Free Software Foundation Inc. thanks The Nice Computer
Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
first (Vax) version of @code{as} for Project GNU.
The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
distracting the boss while they got some work
done.
@sp 3
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c edited by: pesch@cygnus.com
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@page
@tex
\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
{\parskip=0pt
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
\hfill {\it Using {\tt _AS__}} \manvers\par
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
\hfill Edited by Roland Pesch for Cygnus Support\par
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
%"boxit" macro for figures:
%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
\vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end tex
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
Copyright @copyright{} 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
one.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in the original English.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end titlepage
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@page
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@ifinfo
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Top
@top Using _AS__
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This file is a user guide to the GNU assembler @code{_AS__}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This version of the file describes @code{_AS__} configured to generate
code for _HOST__ architectures.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Overview:: Overview
* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
* Syntax:: Syntax
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Symbols:: Symbols
* Expressions:: Expressions
* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* _MACH_DEP__:: Machine Dependent Features
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Index:: Index
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@end ifinfo
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Overview
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@chapter Overview
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@iftex
This manual is a user guide to the GNU assembler @code{_AS__}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This version of the manual describes @code{_AS__} configured to generate
code for _HOST__ architectures.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end iftex
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex invocation summary
@cindex option summary
@cindex summary of options
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{_AS__}. For details,
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@pxref{Invoking,,Comand-Line Options}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@c to be limited to one line for the header.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_AS__ [ -a | -al | -as ] [ -D ] [ -f ]
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
[ -I @var{path} ] [ -K ] [ -L ]
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
[ -o @var{objfile} ] [ -R ] [ -v ] [ -w ]
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
@c h8/300 has no machine-dependent assembler options
_fi__(_H8__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_Z8000__)
@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
_fi__(_Z8000__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
@c see md_parse_option in i960.c
[ -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC ]
[ -b ] [ -norelax ]
_fi__(_I960__)
_if__(_M680X0__)
[ -l ] [ -mc68000 | -mc68010 | -mc68020 ]
_fi__(_M680X0__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
[ -- | @var{files} @dots{} ]
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@table @code
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@item -a | -al | -as
Turn on assembly listings; @samp{-al}, listing only, @samp{-as}, symbols
only, @samp{-a}, everything.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item -D
This option is accepted only for script compatibility with calls to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
other assemblers; it has no effect on @code{_AS__}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item -f
``fast''---skip preprocessing (assume source is compiler output)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item -I @var{path}
Add @var{path} to the search list for @code{.include} directives
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@item -K
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && !_DIFFTABKLUG__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This option is accepted but has no effect on the _HOST__ family.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && !_DIFFTABKLUG__)
_if__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item -L
Keep (in symbol table) local symbols, starting with @samp{L}
@item -o @var{objfile}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Name the object-file output from @code{_AS__}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item -R
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Fold data section into text section
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@item -v
Announce @code{as} version
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item -W
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Suppress warning messages
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(When configured for Intel 960).
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
@item -b
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(When configured for Intel 960).
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
@item -norelax
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(When configured for Intel 960).
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
error if necessary.
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_M680X0__)
@item -l
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(When configured for Motorola 68000).
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@item -mc68000 | -mc68010 | -mc68020
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(When configured for Motorola 68000).
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target (default 68020)
_fi__(_M680X0__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
Standard input, or source files to assemble
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end table
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
* GNU Assembler:: _AS__, the GNU Assembler
* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
* Command Line:: Command Line
* Input Files:: Input Files
* Object:: Output (Object) File
* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Manual
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section Structure of this Manual
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex manual, structure and purpose
This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
@sc{gnu} @code{_AS__}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} understands; and of course how to invoke @code{_AS__}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
We also cover special features in the _HOST__
configuration of @code{_AS__}, including assembler directives.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
various flavors of the assembler.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_INTERNALS__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
This manual also describes how the assembler works internally, and
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
provides some information that may be useful to people attempting to
port the assembler to another machine.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@refill
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
particular architecture.
_if__(_GENERIC__)
You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
machine architecture manual for this information.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_if__(_H8__&&!_GENERIC__)
For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi ADE--602--025).
_fi__(_H8__&&!_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_Z8000__&&!_GENERIC__)
For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
_fi__(_Z8000__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c I think this is premature---pesch@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
@ignore
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that GNU can run on);
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
qualification.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} are used for different kinds of computer.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c directives).
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node GNU Assembler
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section _AS__, the GNU Assembler
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
GNU @code{as} is really a family of assemblers.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
This manual describes @code{_AS__}, a member of that family which is
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
configured for the _HOST__ architectures.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
If you use (or have used) the GNU assembler on one architecture, you
should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
@dfn{pseudo-ops)} and assembler syntax.@refill
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} @code{_AS__}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the GNU C
compiler @code{_GCC__} for use by the linker @code{_LD__}. Nevertheless,
we've tried to make @code{_AS__} assemble correctly everything that the native
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
assembler would.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_VAX__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{_MACH_DEP__}).
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_VAX__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||_M680X0__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This doesn't mean @code{_AS__} always uses the same syntax as another
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||_M680X0__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Unlike older assemblers, @code{_AS__} is designed to assemble a source
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Object Formats
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section Object File Formats
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex object file format
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The GNU assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(!(_I960__||_A29K__))
_if__(_AOUT__ && (!_COFF__) && (!_ELF__))
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
On the _HOST__, @code{_AS__} is configured to produce @code{a.out} format object
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
files.@refill
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__ && (!_COFF__) && (!_ELF__))
_if__((!_AOUT__) && _COFF__ && (!_ELF__))
On the _HOST__, @code{_AS__} is configured to produce COFF format object
files.@refill
_fi__((!_AOUT__) && _COFF__ && (!_ELF__))
_fi__(!(_I960__||_A29K__))
_if__(_A29K__)
On the _HOST__, @code{_AS__} can be configured to produce either
@code{a.out} or COFF format object files.
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
On the _HOST__, @code{_AS__} can be configured to produce either @code{b.out} or COFF
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
format object files.
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Command Line
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section Command Line
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex command line conventions
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
After the program name @code{_AS__}, the command line may contain
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
significant.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex standard input, as input file
@kindex --
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
explicitly, as one of the files for @code{_AS__} to assemble.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex options, command line
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__}. No option changes the way another option works. An
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
the letter is important. All options are optional.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (GNU
standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
_AS__ -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
_AS__ -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Input Files
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@section Input Files
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex input
@cindex source program
@cindex files, input
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
describe the program input to one run of @code{_AS__}. The program may
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
@c APL training... pesch@cygnus.com
The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
order specified.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Each time you run @code{_AS__} it assembles exactly one source
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
(The standard input is also a file.)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
You give @code{_AS__} a command line that has zero or more input file
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
is taken to be an input file name.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
If you give @code{_AS__} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
from the @code{_AS__} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @code{_AS__} there is no more program
to assemble.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
in your command line.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
If the source is empty, @code{_AS__} will produce a small, empty object
file.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex input file linenumbers
@cindex line numbers, in input files
There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
to @code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
help error messages reflect the original source file, when @code{_AS__}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
source is itself synthesized from other files.
@xref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Object
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Output (Object) File
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex object file
@cindex output file
@kindex a.out
@kindex .o
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Every time you run @code{_AS__} it produces an output file, which is
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
is the object file, named @code{a.out} unless you tell @code{_AS__} to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
give it another name by using the @code{-o} option. Conventionally,
object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name of
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@file{a.out} is used for historical reasons: older assemblers were
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
capable of assembling self-contained programs directly into a
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
runnable program.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c This may still work, but hasn't been tested.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex linker
@kindex ld
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{_LD__}. It contains
assembled program code, information to help @code{_LD__} integrate
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
information for the debugger.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
@c don't forget to describe GNU info as well as Unix lossage.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Errors
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Error and Warning Messages
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex error messsages
@cindex warning messages
@cindex messages from @code{_AS__}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
runs @code{_AS__} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
that @code{_AS__} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
grave problem that stops the assembly.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex format of warning messages
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Warning messages have the format
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@noindent
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
been given (@pxref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
name of the current input file is used. If a logical line number was
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
given
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(!_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(!_A29K__)
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
(@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}})
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-02-20 00:52:28 +00:00
then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1991-02-20 00:52:28 +00:00
tradition). @refill
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex format of error messages
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Error messages have the format
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Invoking
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@chapter Command-Line Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex options, all versions of @code{_AS__}
This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
versions of the GNU assembler; @pxref{_MACH_DEP__}, for options specific
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
to the _HOST__.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
to particular machine architectures.
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@section Enable Listings: @code{-a}, @code{-al}, @code{-as}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@kindex -a
@kindex -al
@kindex -as
@cindex listings, enabling
@cindex assembly listings, enabling
These options enable listing output from the assembler. @samp{-a} by
itself requests all listing output; @samp{-al} requests only the
output-program listing, and @samp{-as} requests only a symbol table
listing.
Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
@code{.sbttl}.
If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
listing-control directives have no effect.
@section @code{-D}
@kindex -D
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
likely that scripts written for other assemblers will also work with
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Work Faster: @code{-f}
@kindex -f
@cindex trusted compiler
@cindex faster processing (@code{-f})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from pre-processing
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Pre-processing,
,Pre-processing}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} if the files actually need to be pre-processed (if they
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
contain comments, for example), @code{_AS__} will not work correctly if
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@samp{-f} is used.
@end quotation
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.include} search path: @code{-I} @var{path}
@kindex -I @var{path}
@cindex paths for @code{.include}
@cindex search path for @code{.include}
@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@code{_AS__} will search for files specified in @code{.include}
directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @code{-I} as
many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
working directory is always searched first; after that, @code{_AS__}
searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
specified (left to right) on the command line.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@section Difference Tables: @code{-K}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@kindex -K
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && (!_DIFFTABKLUG__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
On the _HOST__ family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
permitted for compatibility with the GNU assembler on other platforms,
where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The _HOST__
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
alteration on other platforms.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && (!_DIFFTABKLUG__))
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__ )
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex difference tables, warning
@cindex warning for altered difference tables
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
is done.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__ )
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Include Local Labels: @code{-L}
@kindex -L
@cindex local labels, retaining in output
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local
labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you don't see such labels when
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Normally both @code{_AS__} and @code{_LD__} discard such labels, so you don't
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
normally debug with them.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This option tells @code{_AS__} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Name the Object File: @code{-o}
@kindex -o
@cindex naming object file
@cindex object file name
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
There is always one object file output when you run @code{_AS__}. By
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
default it has the name @file{a.out}. You use this option (which
takes exactly one filename) to give the object file a different name.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Whatever the object file is called, @code{_AS__} will overwrite any
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
existing file of the same name.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Join Data and Text Sections: @code{-R}
@kindex -R
@cindex data and text sections, joining
@cindex text and data sections, joining
@cindex joining text and data sections
@cindex merging text and data sections
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{-R} tells @code{_AS__} to write the object file as if all
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
your object file is zero bytes long because all it bytes are
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
When you specify @code{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
address displacements (because we don't have to cross between text and
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
older versions of @code{_AS__}. In future, @code{-R} may work this way.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
When @code{_AS__} is configured for COFF output,
this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
@samp{.data}.
_fi__(_COFF__)
@section Announce Version: @code{-v}
@kindex -v
@kindex -version
@cindex @code{_AS__} version
@cindex version of @code{_AS__}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
You can find out what version of as is running by including the
option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
command line.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Suppress Warnings: @code{-W}
@kindex -W
@cindex suppressing warnings
@cindex warnings, suppressing
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} should never give a warning or error message when
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
cause @code{_AS__} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If you use this option, no warnings are issued. This option only
affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of how
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly, are
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
still reported.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Syntax
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@chapter Syntax
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine-independent syntax
@cindex syntax, machine-independent
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
source file. @code{_AS__} syntax is similar to what many other assemblers
use; it is inspired in BSD 4.2
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(!_VAX__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
assembler. @refill
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(!_VAX__)
_if__(_VAX__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
assembler, except that @code{_AS__} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_VAX__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Pre-processing:: Pre-processing
* Whitespace:: Whitespace
* Comments:: Comments
* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
* Statements:: Statements
* Constants:: Constants
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Pre-processing
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section Pre-Processing
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex preprocessing
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The pre-processor:
@itemize @bullet
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item
adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
a single space.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item
removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
appropriate number of newlines.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item
converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
@end itemize
Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
pre-processed.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
@kindex #NO_APP
@kindex #APP
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or the @samp{-f}
option is given, the input file will not be pre-processed. Within such
an input file, parts of the file can be pre-processed by putting a line
that says @code{#APP} before the text that should be pre-processed, and
putting a line that says @code{#NO_APP} after them. This feature is
mainly intend to support @code{asm} statements in compilers whose output
normally does not need to be pre-processed.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Whitespace
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Whitespace
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex whitespace
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
people to read. Unless within character constants
(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
as exactly one space.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Comments
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Comments
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex comments
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
There are two ways of rendering comments to @code{_AS__}. In both
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
This means you may not nest these comments.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
/*
The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
is to use this sort of comment.
*/
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line comment character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_VAX__)
@samp{#} on the Vax;
_fi__(_VAX__)
_if__(_I960__)
@samp{#} on the i960;
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_M680X0__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{|} on the 680x0;
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_M680X0__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{;} for the AMD 29K family;
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
@samp{;} for the _HOST__ family;
_fi__(_H8__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_Z8000__)
@samp{!} for the Z8000.
_fi__(_Z8000__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@pxref{_MACH_DEP__}. @refill
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@c FIXME: fill in SPARC line comment char
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
will only begin a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
a line, while the other will always begin a comment.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@kindex #
@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
@cindex logical line numbers
To be compatible with past assemblers, a special interpretation is
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
given to lines that begin with @samp{#}. Following the @samp{#} an
absolute expression (@pxref{Expressions}) is expected: this will be
the logical line number of the @b{next} line. Then a string
(@xref{Strings}.) is allowed: if present it is a new logical file
name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
# This is an ordinary comment.
# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
# This is logical line # 36.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
of @code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Intro
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Symbols
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex characters used in symbols
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
letters (both upper and lower case), digits and
_if__(!_H8__)
the three characters @samp{_.$}
_fi__(!_H8__)
_if__(_H8__)
the two characters @samp{_.}
_if__(_GENERIC__)
On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
are noted in @ref{_MACH_DEP__}.
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_fi__(_H8__)
No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex length of symbols
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Statements
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Statements
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex statements, structure of
@cindex line separator character
@cindex statement separator character
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(!(_A29K__||_H8__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
constants are an exception: they don't end statements.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(!(_A29K__||_H8__))
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at''
sign (@samp{@@}). The newline or at sign is considered part of the
preceding statement. Newlines and at signs within character constants
are an exception: they don't end statements.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a dollar
sign (@samp{$}). The newline or dollar sign is considered part of the
preceding statement. Newlines and dollar signs within character constants
are an exception: they don't end statements.
_fi__(_H8__)
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless
this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{_MACH_DEP__}.) The
newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
exception: they don't end statements.
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex newline, required at file end
@cindex EOF, newline must precede
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex continuing statements
@cindex multi-line statements
@cindex statement on multiple lines
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
You may write a statement on more than one line if you put a
backslash (@kbd{\}) immediately in front of any newlines within the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
statement. When @code{_AS__} reads a backslashed newline both
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
characters are ignored. You can even put backslashed newlines in
the middle of symbol names without changing the meaning of your
source program.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex instructions and directives
@cindex directives and instructions
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... pesch@cygnus.com,
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c 13feb91.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
will assemble into a machine language instruction.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Different versions of @code{_AS__} for different computers will
recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
language.@refill
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{:} (label)
@cindex label (@code{:})
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
label: .directive followed by something
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
another_label: # This is an empty statement.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Constants
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Constants
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex constants
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Characters:: Character Constants
* Numbers:: Number Constants
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Characters
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsection Character Constants
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex character constants
@cindex constants, character
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
used in arithmetic expressions.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Strings:: Strings
* Chars:: Characters
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Strings
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsubsection Strings
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex string constants
@cindex constants, string
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
(which prevents @code{_AS__} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex escape codes, character
@cindex character escape codes
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @kbd
@c @item \a
@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \b
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c @item \e
@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \f
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \n
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
@cindex newline (@code{\n})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c @item \p
@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \r
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c @item \s
@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
@c other assemblers.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \t
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
@cindex tab (@code{\t})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c @item \v
@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \\
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Represents one @samp{\} character.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c @item \'
@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
@c This is needed in single character literals
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c a @samp{'}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \"
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item \ @var{anything-else}
Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} will give a warning, but
assemble as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
interpretation of the following character. However @code{_AS__} has no
other interpretation, so @code{_AS__} knows it is giving you the wrong
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
code and warns you of the fact.
@end table
Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, don't use an escape
sequence.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Chars
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsubsection Characters
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex single character constant
@cindex character, single
@cindex constant, single character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
grave accent. A newline
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(!(_A29K__||_H8__))
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
(or semicolon @samp{;})
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(!(_A29K__||_H8__))
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
(or at sign @samp{@@})
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
(or dollar sign @samp{$})
_fi__(_H8__)
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
that character. @code{_AS__} assumes your character code is ASCII:
@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Numbers
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsection Number Constants
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex constants, number
@cindex number constants
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
are floating point numbers, described below.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Integers:: Integers
* Bignums:: Bignums
* Flonums:: Flonums
_if__(_I960__&&!_GENERIC__)
* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
_fi__(_I960__&&!_GENERIC__)
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Integers
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsubsection Integers
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex integers
@cindex constants, integer
@cindex binary integers
@cindex integers, binary
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
the binary digits @samp{01}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex octal integers
@cindex integers, octal
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
digits (@samp{01234567}).
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex decimal integers
@cindex integers, decimal
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex hexadecimal integers
@cindex integers, hexadecimal
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Bignums
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsubsection Bignums
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bignums
@cindex constants, bignum
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
integers are permitted while bignums are not.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Flonums
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsubsection Flonums
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex flonums
@cindex floating point numbers
@cindex constants, floating point
@cindex precision, floating point
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
portion of @code{_AS__} specialized to that computer.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A flonum is written by writing (in order)
@itemize @bullet
@item
The digit @samp{0}.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
A letter, to tell @code{_AS__} the rest of the number is a flonum.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@ignore
@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
(Any otherwise illegal letter
will work here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD 4.2 assembler seems
to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
@end ignore
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__||_H8__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
On the AMD 29K and H8/300 architectures, the letter must be:
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__||_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be:
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
or more decimal digits.
@item
An optional exponent, consisting of:
@itemize @bullet
@item
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
@item
One or more decimal digits.
@end itemize
@end itemize
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__}.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_I960__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Bit Fields
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@subsubsection Bit Fields
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bit fields
@cindex constants, bit field
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
specify two numbers separated by a colon---
@example
@var{mask}:@var{value}
@end example
@noindent
the first will act as a mask; @code{_AS__} will bitwise-and it with the
second value.
The resulting number is then packed
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
(in host-dependent byte order)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
least significant digits.@refill
The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@chapter Sections and Relocation
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex sections
@cindex relocation
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* Secs Background:: Background
* _LD__ Sections:: _LD__ Sections
* _AS__ Sections:: _AS__ Internal Sections
* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
* bss:: bss Section
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Secs Background
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section Background
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex linker, and assembler
@cindex assembler, and linker
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The linker @code{_LD__} reads many object files (partial programs) and
combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @code{_AS__}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
0. @code{_LD__} will assign the final addresses the partial program
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
occupies, so that different partial programs don't overlap. This is
actually an over-simplification, but it will suffice to explain how
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{_AS__} uses sections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the proper run-time addresses.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
For the H8/300, @code{_AS__} pads sections if needed to ensure they end
on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
_fi__(_H8__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex standard @code{_AS__} sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
An object file written by @code{_AS__} has at least three sections, any
of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
@dfn{bss} sections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
When it generates COFF output,
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
@code{_AS__} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
If you don't use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
or @samp{.data} sections, these sections will still exist, but will be empty.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
To let @code{_LD__} know which data will change when the sections are
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
relocated, and how to change that data, @code{_AS__} also writes to the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} must know, each time an address in the object
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
file is mentioned:
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
an address?
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
How long (in bytes) is this reference?
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@display
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end display
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end itemize
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex addresses, format of
@cindex section-relative addressing
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
In fact, every address @code{_AS__} ever uses is expressed as
@display
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end display
@noindent
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Further, every expression @code{_AS__} computes is of this section-relative
nature. @dfn{Absolute expression} means an expression with section
``absolute'' (@pxref{_LD__ Sections}). A @dfn{pass1 expression} means
an expression with section ``pass1'' (@pxref{_AS__ Sections,,_AS__
Internal Sections}). In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname}
@var{N}@} to mean ``offset @var{N} into section @var{secname}''.
Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{_LD__} mixes partial programs,
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by @code{_LD__}.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Although two partial programs' data sections will not overlap addresses
after linking, @emph{by definition} their absolute sections will overlap.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one partial program will always be the same
address when the program is running as address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
other partial program.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} will be filled in later.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the linked program. @code{_LD__} puts all partial programs' text
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
the addresses of all partial program's text sections. Likewise for
data and bss sections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Some sections are manipulated by @code{_LD__}; others are invented for
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
use of @code{_AS__} and have no meaning except during assembly.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node _LD__ Sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section _LD__ Sections
@code{_LD__} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@table @strong
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||_COFF__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex named sections
@cindex sections, named
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item named sections
_fi__(_GENERIC__||_COFF__)
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex text section
@cindex data section
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item text section
@itemx data section
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
These sections hold your program. @code{_AS__} and @code{_LD__} treat them as
separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
true another.
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
When the program is running, however, it is
customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
text section is often shared among processes: it will contain
instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
in the data section.
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bss section
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item bss section
This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
is used to hold unitialized variables or common storage. The length of
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
those explicit zeros from object files.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex absolute section
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item absolute section
Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{_LD__} must
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they don't change during relocation.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex undefined section
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item undefined section
This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
the preceding sections.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex relocation example
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
_if__(_COFF__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__)
Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@ifinfo
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
+-----+----+--+
partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
+-----+----+--+
text data bss
seg. seg. seg.
+---+---+---+
partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
+---+---+---+
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
addresses: 0 @dots{}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end ifinfo
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@c FIXME make sure no page breaks inside figure!!
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@tex
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
\line{0\dots\hfil}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end tex
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node _AS__ Sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section _AS__ Internal Sections
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex internal @code{_AS__} sections
@cindex sections in messages, internal
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
These sections are meant only for the internal use of @code{_AS__}. They
have no meaning at run-time. You don't really need to know about these
sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @code{_AS__}
warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
meanings to @code{_AS__}. These sections are used to permit the
value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
section-relative address.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@table @b
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item absent
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex absent (internal section)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
An expression was expected and none was found.
@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex assembler internal logic error
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
bug in the assembler.
@item bignum/flonum
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bignum/flonum (internal section)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
If a number can't be written as a C @code{int} constant (a bignum or a
flonum, but not an integer), it is recorded as belonging to this
``section''. @code{_AS__} has to remember that a flonum or a bignum
does not fit into 32 bits, and cannot be an argument (@pxref{Arguments})
in an expression: this is done by making a flonum or bignum be in a
separate internal section. This is purely for internal @code{_AS__}
convenience; bignum/flonum section behaves similarly to absolute
section.
@item pass1 section
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex pass1 (internal section)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The expression was impossible to evaluate in the first pass. The
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
assembler will attempt a second pass (second reading of the source) to
evaluate the expression. Your expression mentioned an undefined symbol
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
in a way that defies the one-pass (section + offset in section) assembly
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
process. No compiler need emit such an expression.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@quotation
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} the second pass is currently not implemented. @code{_AS__}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
will abort with an error message if one is required.
@end quotation
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item difference section
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex difference (internal section)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
As an assist to the C compiler, expressions of the forms
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@display
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
(@var{undefined symbol}) @minus{} (@var{expression})
@var{something} @minus{} (@var{undefined symbol})
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
(@var{undefined symbol}) @minus{} (@var{undefined symbol})
@end display
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
are permitted, and belong to the difference section. @code{_AS__}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
re-evaluates such expressions after the source file has been read and
the symbol table built. If by that time there are no undefined symbols
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
in the expression then the expression assumes a new section. The
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
intention is to permit statements like
@samp{.word label - base_of_table}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
to be assembled in one pass where both @code{label} and
@code{base_of_table} are undefined. This is useful for compiling C and
Algol switch statements, Pascal case statements, FORTRAN computed goto
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
statements and the like.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@c FIXME item debug
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
@c FIXME item register
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sub-Sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section Sub-Sections
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex numbered subsections
@cindex grouping data
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Assembled bytes
_if__(_COFF__)
conventionally
_fi__(_COFF__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
fall into two sections: text and data.
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
You may have separate groups of
_if__(_COFF__||_GENERIC__)
data in named sections
_fi__(_COFF__||_GENERIC__)
_if__((_AOUT__||_BOUT__)&&!_GENERIC__)
text or data
_fi__((_AOUT__||_BOUT__)&&!_GENERIC__)
that you want to end up near to each other in the object
file, even though they are not contiguous in the assembler source.
@code{_AS__} allows you to use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose.
Within each section, there can be numbered subsections with
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the same subsection will
be grouped with other objects in the same subsection when they are all
put into the object file. For example, a compiler might want to store
constants in the text section, but might not want to have them
interspersed with the program being assembled. In this case, the
compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each section of code being
output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of constants being output.
Subsections are optional. If you don't use subsections, everything
will be stored in subsection number zero.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
of @code{_AS__}.)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_H8__)
On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
boundary (two bytes).
_fi__(_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or
subsection sizes; _AS__ forces no alignment on this platform.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{_LD__} and
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
other programs that manipulate object files will see no trace of them.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
data subsections as a data section.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
_if__(_COFF__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
When generating COFF output, you
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
You
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
can also use an extra subsection
argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
@var{expression}}.
_fi__(_COFF__)
@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression.
(@xref{Expressions}.) If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
.text 1
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
.data 0
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
.ascii "in the first data subsection."
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
.text 0
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every
byte assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a
convenience restricted to @code{_AS__} there is no concept of a subsection
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
location counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location
counter---but the @code{.align} directive will change it, and any label
definition will capture its current value. The location counter of the
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
section that statements are being assembled into is said to be the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@dfn{active} location counter.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node bss
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section bss Section
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bss section
@cindex common variable storage
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
section are zeroed bytes.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Addresses in the bss section are allocated with special directives; you
may not assemble anything directly into the bss section. Hence there
are no bss subsections. @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}},
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@pxref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbols
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@chapter Symbols
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex symbols
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
to debug.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@quotation
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} @code{_AS__} does not place symbols in the object file in
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
@end quotation
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Labels:: Labels
* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Labels
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Labels
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex labels
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
different locations: the first definition overrides any other
definitions.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Setting Symbols
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Giving Symbols Other Values
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex assigning values to symbols
@cindex symbol values, assigning
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Names
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Symbol Names
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex symbol names
@cindex names, symbol
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of
_if__(!_H8__)
@samp{_.$}
_fi__(!_H8__)
_if__(_H8__)
@samp{_.}
_if__(_GENERIC__)
(On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
are noted in @ref{_MACH_DEP__}.)
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_fi__(_H8__)
That character may be followed by any string of digits, letters,
_if__(!_H8__)
underscores and dollar signs.
_fi__(!_H8__)
_if__(_H8__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in @ref{_MACH_DEP__}),
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
and underscores.
_fi__(_H8__)
Case of letters is significant:
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@code{foo} is a different symbol name than @code{Foo}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the
body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language
program refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any
number of times in a program.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@subheading Local Symbol Names
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex local symbol names
@cindex symbol names, local
@cindex temporary symbol names
@cindex symbol names, temporary
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
There are ten local symbol names, which are re-used throughout the
program. You may refer to them using the names @samp{0} @samp{1}
@dots{} @samp{9}. To define a local symbol, write a label of the form
@samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any digit). To refer to the most
recent previous definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the
same digit as when you defined the label. To refer to the next
definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}---where @b{N} gives you
a choice of 10 forward references. The @samp{b} stands for
``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
Local symbols are not emitted by the current GNU C compiler.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, but
remember that at any point in the assembly you can refer to at most
10 prior local labels and to at most 10 forward local labels.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Local symbol names are only a notation device. They are immediately
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
uses them. The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in
error messages and optionally emitted to the object file have these
parts:
@table @code
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item L
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @code{_AS__} and
@code{_LD__} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you give the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{-L} option then @code{_AS__} will retain these symbols in the
object file. If you also instruct @code{_LD__} to retain these symbols,
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
you may use them in debugging.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item @var{digit}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
If the label is written @samp{0:} then the digit is @samp{0}.
If the label is written @samp{1:} then the digit is @samp{1}.
And so on up through @samp{9:}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item @ctrl{A}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This unusual character is included so you don't accidentally invent
a symbol of the same name. The character has ASCII value
@samp{\001}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item @emph{ordinal number}
This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}; The 15th @samp{0:} gets the
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
number @samp{15}; @emph{etc.}. Likewise for the other labels @samp{1:}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
through @samp{9:}.
@end table
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
For instance, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@ctrl{A}1}, the 44th
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{3:} is named @code{L3@ctrl{A}44}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Dot
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section The Special Dot Symbol
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex dot (symbol)
@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
@cindex current address
@cindex location counter
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
.long .} will cause @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(!_A29K__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@samp{.space 4}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(!_A29K__)
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@samp{.block 4}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Attributes
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Symbol Attributes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex symbol attributes
@cindex attributes, symbol
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
attributes.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_INTERNALS__)
The detailed definitions are in _0__<a.out.h>_1__.
_fi__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
If you use a symbol without defining it, @code{_AS__} assumes zero for
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
would want.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Symbol Value:: Value
* Symbol Type:: Type
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_BOUT__)
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_BOUT__)
_if__(_BOUT__&&!_GENERIC__)
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
_fi__(_BOUT__&&!_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
_fi__(_COFF__)
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Value
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsection Value
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex value of a symbol
@cindex symbol value
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
as @code{_LD__} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
called absolute.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source program, and
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} will try to determine its value from other programs it is
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
linked with. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
allocated storage.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Type
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsection Type
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex type of a symbol
@cindex symbol type
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
format depends on the object-code output format in use.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node a.out Symbols
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_BOUT__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
These symbol attributes appear only when @code{_AS__} is configured for
one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_BOUT__&&!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_BOUT__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_BOUT__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
* Symbol Other:: Other
@end menu
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Desc
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@subsubsection Descriptor
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
@code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Symbol Other
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@subsubsection Other
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @code{_AS__}.
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
_if__(_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node COFF Symbols
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex COFF symbol attributes
@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
@code{.endef} directives.
@subsubsection Primary Attributes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The @code{_AS__} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
@code{.size}, and @code{.tag} can generate auxiliary symbol table
information for COFF.
_fi__(_COFF__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Expressions
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@chapter Expressions
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex expressions
@cindex addresses
@cindex numeric values
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Empty Exprs
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Empty Expressions
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex empty expressions
@cindex expressions, empty
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
expression and @code{_AS__} will assume a value of (absolute) 0. This
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
is compatible with other assemblers.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Integer Exprs
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Integer Expressions
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex integer expressions
@cindex expressions, integer
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
by @emph{operators}.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Arguments:: Arguments
* Operators:: Operators
* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Arguments
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@subsection Arguments
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex expression arguments
@cindex arguments in expressions
@cindex operands in expressions
@cindex arithmetic operands
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
instruction operands.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
integer.
Numbers are usually integers.
A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @code{_AS__} pretends
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
assemblers.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex subexpressions
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
operator followed by an argument.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Operators
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@subsection Operators
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex operators, in expressions
@cindex arithmetic functions
@cindex functions, in expressions
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
whitespace.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Prefix Ops
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@subsection Prefix Operator
@cindex prefix operators
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
one argument, which must be absolute.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
@tex
\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
@end tex
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@table @code
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item -
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item ~
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@tex
\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
@end tex
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Infix Ops
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@subsection Infix Operators
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex infix operators
@cindex operators, permitted arguments
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
to right. Apart from @code{+} or @code{-}, both arguments must be
absolute, and the result is absolute.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@enumerate
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex operator precedence
@cindex precedence of operators
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Highest Precedence
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @code
@item *
@dfn{Multiplication}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item /
@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item %
@dfn{Remainder}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@item _0__<_1__
@itemx _0__<<_1__
@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{_0__<<_1__}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@item _0__>_1__
@itemx _0__>>_1__
@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{_0__>>_1__}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Intermediate precedence
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@table @code
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item |
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item &
@dfn{Bitwise And}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item ^
@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item !
@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
@end table
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Lowest Precedence
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@table @code
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item +
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex addition, permitted arguments
@cindex plus, permitted arguments
@cindex arguments for addition
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
has the section of the other argument.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If either argument is pass1 or undefined, the result is pass1.
Otherwise @code{+} is illegal.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item -
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
@cindex minus, permitted arguments
@cindex arguments for subtraction
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
result has the section of the left argument.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If either argument is pass1 the result is pass1.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
If either argument is undefined the result is difference section.
If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute---provided
that section is one of text, data or bss.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Otherwise subtraction is illegal.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
@end enumerate
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The sense of the rule for addition is that it's only meaningful to add
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
the @emph{offsets} in an address; you can only have a defined section in
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
one of the two arguments.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Similarly, you can't subtract quantities from two different sections.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Pseudo Ops
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@chapter Assembler Directives
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex directives, machine independent
@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
@cindex machine independent directives
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This chapter discusses directives present regardless of the target
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
machine configuration for the GNU assembler.
_if__(!_H8__)
@xref{_MACH_DEP__} for additional directives.
_fi__(!_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Abort:: @code{.abort}
_if__(_COFF__)
* coff-ABORT:: @code{.ABORT}
_fi__(_COFF__)
_if__(_BOUT__&&!_COFF__)
* bout-ABORT:: @code{.ABORT}
_fi__(_BOUT__&&!_COFF__)
* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
* App-File:: @code{.app-file @var{string}}
* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Dim:: @code{.dim}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Eject:: @code{.eject}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Else:: @code{.else}
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Endef:: @code{.endef}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Endif:: @code{.endif}
* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
* Extern:: @code{.extern}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
* Ident:: @code{.ident}
* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* List:: @code{.list}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_fi__(0)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}, @var{subsection}}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Size:: @code{.size}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Type:: @code{.type @var{int}}
* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Abort
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.abort}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{abort} directive
@cindex stopping the assembly
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @code{_AS__} to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node coff-ABORT
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.ABORT}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
When producing COFF output, @code{_AS__} accepts this directive as a
synonym for @samp{.abort}.
_fi__(_COFF__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_BOUT__)
_if__(!_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node bout-ABORT
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.ABORT}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(!_COFF__)
When producing @code{b.out} output, @code{_AS__} accepts this directive,
but ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Align
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex padding the location counter
@cindex @code{align} directive
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
number of low-order zero bits the location counter will have after
advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} will advance the location
counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
multiple of 8, no change is needed.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
The second expression (also absolute) gives the value to be stored in
the padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is
omitted, the padding bytes are zero.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node App-File
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.app-file @var{string}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex logical file name
@cindex file name, logical
@cindex @code{app-file} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.app-file}
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(!_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
(which may also be spelled @samp{.file})
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(!_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
tells @code{_AS__} that we are about to start a new
logical file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the
filename is recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"};
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
but if you wish to specify an empty file name is permitted,
you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This statement may go away in
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
future: it is only recognized to be compatible with old @code{_AS__}
programs.@refill
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Ascii
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ascii} directive
@cindex string literals
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Asciz
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{asciz} directive
@cindex zero-terminated strings
@cindex null-terminated strings
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Byte
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{byte} directive
@cindex integers, one byte
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Comm
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{comm} directive
@cindex symbol, common
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{.comm} declares a named common area in the bss section. Normally
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} reserves memory addresses for it during linking, so no partial
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
program defines the location of the symbol. Use @code{.comm} to tell
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_LD__} that it must be at least @var{length} bytes long. @code{_LD__}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
will allocate space for each @code{.comm} symbol that is at least as
long as the longest @code{.comm} request in any of the partial programs
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
linked. @var{length} is an absolute expression.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Data
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{data} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.data} tells @code{_AS__} to assemble the following statements onto the
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
to zero.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__ || _BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Def
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.def @var{name}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{def} directive
@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
@cindex debugging COFF symbols
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
_if__(_BOUT__)
This directive is only observed when @code{_AS__} is configured for COFF
format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
but ignored.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__ || _BOUT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Desc
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{desc} directive
@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @code{_AS__} is
configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
object format. For the sake of compatibility, @code{_AS__} will accept
it, but produce no output, when configured for COFF.
_fi__(_COFF__)
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__ || _BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Dim
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.dim}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{dim} directive
@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
@code{_AS__} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__ || _BOUT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Double
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{double} directive
@cindex floating point numbers (double)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
assembles floating point numbers.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is configured. @xref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
On the _HOST__ family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
in @sc{ieee} format.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Eject
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.eject}
@cindex @code{eject} directive
@cindex new page, in listings
@cindex page, in listings
@cindex listing control: new page
Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Else
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.else}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{else} directive
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@code{.else} is part of the @code{_AS__} support for conditional
assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
was false.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@node End, Endef, Else, Pseudo Ops
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.end}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{end} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This doesn't do anything---but isn't an s_ignore, so I suspect it's
meant to do something eventually (which is why it isn't documented here
as "for compatibility with blah").
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(0)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Endef
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.endef}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{endef} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
@code{.def}.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
@code{_AS__} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
directive but ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Endif
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.endif}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{endif} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.endif} is part of the @code{_AS__} support for conditional assembly;
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Equ
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{equ} directive
@cindex assigning values to symbols
@cindex symbols, assigning values to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Extern
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.extern}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{extern} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @code{_AS__} treats
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
all undefined symbols as external.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node File
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.file @var{string}}
@cindex @code{file} directive
@cindex logical file name
@cindex file name, logical
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.file} (which may also be spelled @samp{.app-file}) tells
@code{_AS__} that we are about to start a new logical file.
@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if
you wish to specify an empty file name, you must give the
quotes--@code{""}. This statement may go away in future: it is only
recognized to be compatible with old @code{_AS__} programs.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
In some configurations of @code{_AS__}, @code{.file} has already been
removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers. @xref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Fill
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{fill} directive
@cindex writing patterns in memory
@cindex patterns, writing in memory
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{result}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
byte-order of an integer on the computer @code{_AS__} is assembling for.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
compatible with other people's assemblers.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Float
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
@cindex @code{float} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
has the same effect as @code{.single}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is configured.
@xref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
On the _HOST__ family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
in @sc{ieee} format.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Global
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{global} directive
@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{_LD__}. If you define
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
@var{symbol} will take its attributes from a symbol of the same name
from another partial program it is linked with.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
compatibility with other assemblers.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node hword
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{hword} directive
@cindex integers, 16-bit
@cindex numbers, 16-bit
@cindex sixteen bit integers
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
a 16 bit number for each.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__( _W32__ && !_GENERIC__ )
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__( _W32__ && !_GENERIC__ )
_if__(_W16__ && !_GENERIC__ )
This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
_fi__(_W16__ && !_GENERIC__ )
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__||_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Ident
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.ident}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ident} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} simply accepts the directive for source-file
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything
for it.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__||_COFF__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node If
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex conditional assembly
@cindex @code{if} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
@table @code
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
has been defined.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@item .ifeqs
@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Not yet implemented.
_fi__(0)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@itemx ifnotdef @var{symbol}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item ifnes
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Not yet implemented.
_fi__(0)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Include
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{include} directive
@cindex supporting files, including
@cindex files, including
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
around @var{file}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Int
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{int} directive
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
@cindex integers, 32-bit
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by
commas. For each expression, emit a
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
32-bit
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
_if__(_H8__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
16-bit
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_fi__(_H8__&&!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
number that will, at run
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
time, be the value of that expression. The byte order of the
expression depends on what kind of computer will run the program.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Lcomm
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
@cindex local common symbols
@cindex symbols, local common
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
section, so at run-time the bytes will start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
not visible to @code{_LD__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Lflags
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.lflags}
@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
@code{_AS__} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
assemblers, but ignores it.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ || !_A29K__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Line
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{line} directive
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ || (!_A29K__))
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__ && (!_GENERIC__) && !_COFF__)
@node Ln
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ln} directive
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__ && (!_GENERIC__) && !_COFF__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex logical line number
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
Tell @code{_AS__} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
an absolute expression. The next line will have that logical line
number. So any other statements on the current line (after a statement
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
separator
_if__(_GENERIC__)
character)
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(! (_A29K__||_H8__) )
character @code{;})
_fi__(! (_A29K__||_H8__) )
_if__(_A29K__)
character @samp{@@})
_fi__(_A29K__)
_if__(_H8__)
character @samp{$})
_fi__(_H8__)
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
will be reported as on logical line number
@var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
One day this directive will be unsupported: it is used only
for compatibility with existing assembler programs. @refill
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ && _A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of _AS__, this command is
only available with the name @code{.ln}, rather than as either
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{.line} or @code{.ln}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ && _A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__ && !_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
@code{b.out} object-code formats, @code{_AS__} will still recognize it
when producing COFF output, and will treat @samp{.line} as though it
were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
debugging.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__ && !_A29K__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__&&(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__))
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Ln
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ln} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__&&(_GENERIC__||!_A29K__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__&&!_AOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Ln
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ln} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Tell @code{_AS__} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
must be an absolute expression. The next line will have that logical
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
statement separator character @code{;}) will be reported as on logical
line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
_if__(_BOUT__)
This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @code{_AS__} is configured for
@code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF output format.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
_fi__(_COFF__&&!_AOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node List
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.list}
@cindex @code{list} directive
@cindex listing control, turning on
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
the initial value of the listing counter is one.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Long
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{long} directive
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@ignore
@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
@c what it really ought to do
@node Lsym
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{lsym} directive
@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
the same as the expression value:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@var{value} = @var{expression}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
@noindent
The new symbol is not flagged as external.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Nolist
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.nolist}
@cindex @code{nolist} directive
@cindex listing control, turning off
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Octa
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
@cindex @code{octa} directive
@cindex integer, 16-byte
@cindex sixteen byte integer
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Org
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{org} directive
@cindex location counter, advancing
@cindex advancing location counter
@cindex current address, advancing
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{.org} will advance the location counter of the current section to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
@code{_AS__} will issue a warning, then pretend the section of @var{new-lc}
is the same as the current subsection.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
backwards.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@c section. pesch@cygnus.com 18feb91
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Because @code{_AS__} tries to assemble programs in one pass @var{new-lc}
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
a chance to share your improved assembler.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
people's assemblers.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
@var{fill} defaults to zero.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Psize
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
@cindex @code{psize} directive
@cindex listing control: paper size
@cindex paper size, for listings
Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
If you don't use @code{.psize}, listings will use a default line-count
of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
default width is 200 columns.
@code{_AS__} will generate formfeeds whenever the specified number of
lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
@code{.eject}).
If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Quad
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{quad} directive
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
each bignum, it emits
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||(!_I960__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
bytes, it prints a warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
bytes of the bignum.@refill
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex eight-byte integer
@cindex integer, 8-byte
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||(!_I960__))
_if__(_I960__&&(!_GENERIC__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the
bignum.@refill
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex sixteen-byte integer
@cindex integer, 16-byte
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__&&(!_GENERIC__))
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sbttl
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
@cindex subtitles for listings
@cindex listing control: subtitle
Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
title line) when generating assembly listings.
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Scl
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{scl} directive
@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
@cindex COFF symbol storage class
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
symbolic debugging information.
_if__(_BOUT__)
The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @code{_AS__} will
accept this directive but ignore it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Section
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.section @var{name}, @var{subsection}}
@cindex @code{section} directive
@cindex named section (COFF)
@cindex COFF named section
Assemble the following code into end of subsection numbered
@var{subsection} in the COFF named section @var{name}. If you omit
@var{subsection}, @code{_AS__} uses subsection number zero.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{.section .text} is equivalent to the @code{.text} directive;
@samp{.section .data} is equivalent to the @code{.data} directive.
_fi__(_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Set
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{set} directive
@cindex symbol value, setting
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
will change @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
flagged. (@xref{Symbol Attributes}.)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
If the expression's section is unknowable during pass 1, a second
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
pass over the source program will be forced. The second pass is
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
currently not implemented. @code{_AS__} will abort with an error
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
message if one is required.
If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
file is the last value stored into it.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Short
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{short} directive
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ || _W16__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_W32__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
numbers of different lengths; @pxref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_W32__)
_fi__(_GENERIC__|| _W16__)
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _W32__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
a 16 bit number for each.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _W32__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Single
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{single} directive
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
has the same effect as @code{.float}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} is configured. @xref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
On the _HOST__ family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _IEEEFLOAT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Size
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.size}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{size} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
@code{_AS__} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Space
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ || !_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{space} directive
@cindex filling memory
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ || !_A29K__)
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section @code{.space}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{space} directive
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for
compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@quotation
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} In other versions of the GNU assembler, the directive
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block} @xref{_MACH_DEP__}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end quotation
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__||_COFF__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Stab
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The symbols are not entered in the @code{_AS__} hash table: they
cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Up to five fields are required:
@table @var
@item string
This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except @samp{\000},
so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some debuggers used to
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names using this field.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item type
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
bits of this expression.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{_LD__} and debuggers will choke on
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
silly bit patterns.
@item other
An absolute expression.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the low 8 bits of this expression.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item desc
An absolute expression.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16 bits of this expression.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item value
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created
and you will get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
compatible with earlier assemblers!
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@table @code
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{stabd} directive
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
strings.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
will be where the location counter was when the @code{.stabd} was
assembled.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{stabn} directive
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{stabs} directive
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
All five fields are specified.
@end table
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_AOUT__||_BOUT__||_COFF__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__||!_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Tag
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex COFF structure debugging
@cindex structure debugging, COFF
@cindex @code{tag} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
@code{_AS__} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Text
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{text} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Tells @code{_AS__} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
is used.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Title
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
@cindex @code{title} directive
@cindex listing control: title line
Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Type
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.type @var{int}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex COFF symbol type
@cindex symbol type, COFF
@cindex @code{type} directive
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table entry.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
@code{_AS__} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
directive but ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Val
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{val} directive
@cindex COFF value attribute
@cindex value attribute, COFF
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
entry.
_if__(_BOUT__)
@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @code{_AS__} is
configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
_fi__(_BOUT__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_COFF__||_BOUT__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Word
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{word} directive
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
separated by commas.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _W32__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
For each expression, @code{_AS__} emits a 32-bit number.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _W32__)
_if__((!_GENERIC__) && _W16__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
For each expression, @code{_AS__} emits a 16-bit number.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__((!_GENERIC__) && _W16__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
depends on what kind of computer will run the program.
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex difference tables altered
@cindex altered difference tables
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@quotation
@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
@end quotation
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
@pxref{_MACH_DEP__}), you can ignore this issue.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
In order to assemble compiler output into something that will work,
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} will occasionlly do strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @code{_AS__} assembles a
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @code{_AS__} will
create a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This secondary jump table will be preceded by a short-jump to the
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
table will be a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
will contain @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{sym2}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
secondary jump table, all of them will be adjusted. If there was a
@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
long-jump to @code{sym4} will be included in the secondary jump table,
and the @code{.word} directives will be adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
entries in the original jump table as necessary.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @code{_AS__} with the
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
assembly language programmers.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__ || _DIFFTABKLUG__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Deprecated
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Deprecated Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex deprecated directives
@cindex obsolescent directives
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
One day these directives won't work.
They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
@table @t
@item .abort
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@item .app-file
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .line
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node _MACH_DEP__
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@chapter Machine Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine dependencies
The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
each machine where @code{_AS__} runs. Floating point representations
vary as well, and @code{_AS__} often supports a few additional
directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
@code{_AS__} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
optimization.
This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
_if__(_VAX__)
* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
_fi__(_VAX__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
* AMD29K-Dependent:: AMD 29K Dependent Features
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
* H8/300-Dependent:: Hitachi H8/300 Dependent Features
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_H8__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
_fi__(_I960__)
_if__(_M680X0__)
* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
_fi__(_M680X0__)
_if__(_SPARC__)
* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
_fi__(_SPARC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_Z8000__)
* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
_fi__(_Z8000__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_I80386__)
* i386-Dependent:: 80386 Dependent Features
_fi__(_I80386__)
@end menu
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_VAX__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Vax-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) VAX Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Vax-Opts:: VAX Command-Line Options
* VAX-float:: VAX Floating Point
* VAX-directives:: Vax Machine Directives
* VAX-opcodes:: VAX Opcodes
* VAX-branch:: VAX Branch Improvement
* VAX-operands:: VAX Operands
* VAX-no:: Not Supported on VAX
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Vax-Opts
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) VAX Command-Line Options
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex command-line options ignored, VAX
@cindex VAX command-line options ignored
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The Vax version of @code{_AS__} accepts any of the following options,
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
gives a warning message that the option was ignored and proceeds.
These options are for compatibility with scripts designed for other
people's assemblers.
@table @asis
@item @kbd{-D} (Debug)
@itemx @kbd{-S} (Symbol Table)
@itemx @kbd{-T} (Token Trace)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-D}, ignored on VAX
@cindex @code{-S}, ignored on VAX
@cindex @code{-T}, ignored on VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
These are obsolete options used to debug old assemblers.
@item @kbd{-d} (Displacement size for JUMPs)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-d}, VAX option
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This option expects a number following the @kbd{-d}. Like options
that expect filenames, the number may immediately follow the
@kbd{-d} (old standard) or constitute the whole of the command line
argument that follows @kbd{-d} (GNU standard).
@item @kbd{-V} (Virtualize Interpass Temporary File)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-V}, redundant on VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Some other assemblers use a temporary file. This option
commanded them to keep the information in active memory rather
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
than in a disk file. @code{_AS__} always does this, so this
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
option is redundant.
@item @kbd{-J} (JUMPify Longer Branches)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-J}, ignored on VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Many 32-bit computers permit a variety of branch instructions
to do the same job. Some of these instructions are short (and
fast) but have a limited range; others are long (and slow) but
can branch anywhere in virtual memory. Often there are 3
flavors of branch: short, medium and long. Some other
assemblers would emit short and medium branches, unless told by
this option to emit short and long branches.
@item @kbd{-t} (Temporary File Directory)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-t}, ignored on VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Some other assemblers may use a temporary file, and this option
takes a filename being the directory to site the temporary
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
file. @code{_AS__} does not use a temporary disk file, so this
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
option makes no difference. @kbd{-t} needs exactly one
filename.
@end table
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VMS (VAX) options
@cindex options for VAX/VMS
@cindex VAX/VMS options
@cindex @code{-h} option, VAX/VMS
@cindex @code{-+} option, VAX/VMS
@cindex Vax-11 C compatibility
@cindex symbols with lowercase, VAX/VMS
@c FIXME! look into "I think" below, correct if needed, delete.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The Vax version of the assembler accepts two options when
compiled for VMS. They are @kbd{-h}, and @kbd{-+}. The
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@kbd{-h} option prevents @code{_AS__} from modifying the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
symbol-table entries for symbols that contain lowercase
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
characters (I think). The @kbd{-+} option causes @code{_AS__} to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
print warning messages if the FILENAME part of the object file,
or any symbol name is larger than 31 characters. The @kbd{-+}
option also insertes some code following the @samp{_main}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
symbol so that the object file will be compatible with Vax-11
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
"C".
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-float
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) VAX Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX floating point
@cindex floating point, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Conversion of flonums to floating point is correct, and
compatible with previous assemblers. Rounding is
towards zero if the remainder is exactly half the least significant bit.
@code{D}, @code{F}, @code{G} and @code{H} floating point formats
are understood.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Immediate floating literals (@emph{e.g.} @samp{S`$6.9})
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
are rendered correctly. Again, rounding is towards zero in the
boundary case.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{float} directive, VAX
@cindex @code{double} directive, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The @code{.float} directive produces @code{f} format numbers.
The @code{.double} directive produces @code{d} format numbers.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-directives
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Vax Machine Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine directives, VAX
@cindex VAX machine directives
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The Vax version of the assembler supports four directives for
generating Vax floating point constants. They are described in the
table below.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex wide floating point directives, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @code
@item .dfloat
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{dfloat} directive, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
assembles Vax @code{d} format 64-bit floating point constants.
@item .ffloat
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{ffloat} directive, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
assembles Vax @code{f} format 32-bit floating point constants.
@item .gfloat
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{gfloat} directive, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
assembles Vax @code{g} format 64-bit floating point constants.
@item .hfloat
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{hfloat} directive, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas, and
assembles Vax @code{h} format 128-bit floating point constants.
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-opcodes
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) VAX Opcodes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX opcode mnemonics
@cindex opcode mnemonics, VAX
@cindex mnemonics for opcodes, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
All DEC mnemonics are supported. Beware that @code{case@dots{}}
instructions have exactly 3 operands. The dispatch table that
follows the @code{case@dots{}} instruction should be made with
@code{.word} statements. This is compatible with all unix
assemblers we know of.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-branch
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) VAX Branch Improvement
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX branch improvement
@cindex branch improvement, VAX
@cindex pseudo-ops for branch, VAX
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Certain pseudo opcodes are permitted. They are for branch
instructions. They expand to the shortest branch instruction that
will reach the target. Generally these mnemonics are made by
substituting @samp{j} for @samp{b} at the start of a DEC mnemonic.
This feature is included both for compatibility and to help
compilers. If you don't need this feature, don't use these
opcodes. Here are the mnemonics, and the code they can expand into.
@table @code
@item jbsb
@samp{Jsb} is already an instruction mnemonic, so we chose @samp{jbsb}.
@table @asis
@item (byte displacement)
@kbd{bsbb @dots{}}
@item (word displacement)
@kbd{bsbw @dots{}}
@item (long displacement)
@kbd{jsb @dots{}}
@end table
@item jbr
@itemx jr
Unconditional branch.
@table @asis
@item (byte displacement)
@kbd{brb @dots{}}
@item (word displacement)
@kbd{brw @dots{}}
@item (long displacement)
@kbd{jmp @dots{}}
@end table
@item j@var{COND}
@var{COND} may be any one of the conditional branches
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@code{neq}, @code{nequ}, @code{eql}, @code{eqlu}, @code{gtr},
@code{geq}, @code{lss}, @code{gtru}, @code{lequ}, @code{vc}, @code{vs},
@code{gequ}, @code{cc}, @code{lssu}, @code{cs}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{COND} may also be one of the bit tests
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@code{bs}, @code{bc}, @code{bss}, @code{bcs}, @code{bsc}, @code{bcc},
@code{bssi}, @code{bcci}, @code{lbs}, @code{lbc}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@var{NOTCOND} is the opposite condition to @var{COND}.
@table @asis
@item (byte displacement)
@kbd{b@var{COND} @dots{}}
@item (word displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@kbd{b@var{NOTCOND} foo ; brw @dots{} ; foo:}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item (long displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@kbd{b@var{NOTCOND} foo ; jmp @dots{} ; foo:}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
@item jacb@var{X}
@var{X} may be one of @code{b d f g h l w}.
@table @asis
@item (word displacement)
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
@item (long displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@example
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
brb bar ;
foo: jmp @dots{} ;
bar:
@end example
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
@item jaob@var{YYY}
@var{YYY} may be one of @code{lss leq}.
@item jsob@var{ZZZ}
@var{ZZZ} may be one of @code{geq gtr}.
@table @asis
@item (byte displacement)
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
@item (word displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@example
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
brb bar ;
foo: brw @var{destination} ;
bar:
@end example
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item (long displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@example
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
brb bar ;
foo: jmp @var{destination} ;
bar:
@end example
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
@item aobleq
@itemx aoblss
@itemx sobgeq
@itemx sobgtr
@table @asis
@item (byte displacement)
@kbd{@var{OPCODE} @dots{}}
@item (word displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@example
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
brb bar ;
foo: brw @var{destination} ;
bar:
@end example
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item (long displacement)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@example
@var{OPCODE} @dots{}, foo ;
brb bar ;
foo: jmp @var{destination} ;
bar:
@end example
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-operands
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) VAX Operands
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX operand notation
@cindex operand notation, VAX
@cindex immediate character, VAX
@cindex VAX immediate character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The immediate character is @samp{$} for Unix compatibility, not
@samp{#} as DEC writes it.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex indirect character, VAX
@cindex VAX indirect character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The indirect character is @samp{*} for Unix compatibility, not
@samp{@@} as DEC writes it.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex displacement sizing character, VAX
@cindex VAX displacement sizing character
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The displacement sizing character is @samp{`} (an accent grave) for
Unix compatibility, not @samp{^} as DEC writes it. The letter
preceding @samp{`} may have either case. @samp{G} is not
understood, but all other letters (@code{b i l s w}) are understood.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex register names, VAX
@cindex VAX register names
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Register names understood are @code{r0 r1 r2 @dots{} r15 ap fp sp
pc}. Any case of letters will do.
For instance
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
tstb *w`$4(r5)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Any expression is permitted in an operand. Operands are comma
separated.
@c There is some bug to do with recognizing expressions
@c in operands, but I forget what it is. It is
@c a syntax clash because () is used as an address mode
@c and to encapsulate sub-expressions.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node VAX-no
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Not Supported on VAX
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex VAX bitfields not supported
@cindex bitfields, not supported on VAX
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Vax bit fields can not be assembled with @code{_AS__}. Someone
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
can add the required code if they really need it.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_VAX__)
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_if__(_A29K__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) AMD 29K Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex AMD 29K support
@cindex 29K support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* AMD29K Options:: Options
* AMD29K Syntax:: Syntax
* AMD29K Floating Point:: Floating Point
* AMD29K Directives:: AMD 29K Machine Directives
* AMD29K Opcodes:: Opcodes
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K Options
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex AMD 29K options (none)
@cindex options for AMD29K (none)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} has no additional command-line options for the AMD
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
29K family.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K Syntax
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Syntax
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* AMD29K-Chars:: Special Characters
* AMD29K-Regs:: Register Names
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K-Chars
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Special Characters
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line comment character, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K line comment character
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{;} is the line comment character.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line separator, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K line separator
@cindex statement separator, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K statement separator
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@samp{@@} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex identifiers, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K identifiers
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
The character @samp{?} is permitted in identifiers (but may not begin
an identifier).
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K-Regs
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Register Names
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex AMD 29K register names
@cindex register names, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
General-purpose registers are represented by predefined symbols of the
form @samp{GR@var{nnn}} (for global registers) or @samp{LR@var{nnn}}
(for local registers), where @var{nnn} represents a number between
@code{0} and @code{127}, written with no leading zeros. The leading
letters may be in either upper or lower case; for example, @samp{gr13}
and @samp{LR7} are both valid register names.
You may also refer to general-purpose registers by specifying the
register number as the result of an expression (prefixed with @samp{%%}
to flag the expression as a register number):
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
%%@var{expression}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@noindent
---where @var{expression} must be an absolute expression evaluating to a
number between @code{0} and @code{255}. The range [0, 127] refers to
global registers, and the range [128, 255] to local registers.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex special purpose registers, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K special purpose registers
@cindex protected registers, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K protected registers
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
In addition, @code{_AS__} understands the following protected
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
special-purpose register names for the AMD 29K family:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
vab chd pc0
ops chc pc1
cps rbp pc2
cfg tmc mmu
cha tmr lru
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
These unprotected special-purpose register names are also recognized:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
ipc alu fpe
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
ipa bp inte
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
ipb fc fps
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
q cr exop
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K Floating Point
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point, AMD 29K (@sc{ieee})
@cindex AMD 29K floating point (@sc{ieee})
The AMD 29K family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K Directives
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) AMD 29K Machine Directives
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine directives, AMD 29K
@cindex AMD 29K machine directives
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@table @code
@item .block @var{size} , @var{fill}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{block} directive, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
In other versions of the GNU assembler, this directive is called
@samp{.space}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@end table
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@table @code
@item .cputype
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{cputype} directive, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
AMD 29K assemblers.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .file
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{file} directive, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
AMD 29K assemblers.
@quotation
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} in other versions of the GNU assembler, @code{.file} is
used for the directive called @code{.app-file} in the AMD 29K support.
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@end quotation
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .line
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{line} directive, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
AMD 29K assemblers.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@ignore
@c since we're ignoring .lsym...
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .reg @var{symbol}, @var{expression}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{reg} directive, AMD 29K
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@code{.reg} has the same effect as @code{.lsym}; @pxref{Lsym,,@code{.lsym}}.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .sect
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{sect} directive, AMD 29K
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
This directive is ignored; it is accepted for compatibility with other
AMD 29K assemblers.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item .use @var{section name}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{use} directive, AMD 29K
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Establishes the section and subsection for the following code;
@var{section name} may be one of @code{.text}, @code{.data},
@code{.data1}, or @code{.lit}. With one of the first three @var{section
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
name} options, @samp{.use} is equivalent to the machine directive
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{section name}; the remaining case, @samp{.use .lit}, is the same as
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
@samp{.data 200}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@end table
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node AMD29K Opcodes
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcodes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex AMD 29K opcodes
@cindex opcodes for AMD 29K
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} implements all the standard AMD 29K opcodes. No
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
additional pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.
For information on the 29K machine instruction set, see @cite{Am29000
User's Manual}, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
_fi__(_A29K__)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300-Dependent
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) H8/300 Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex H8/300 support
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@menu
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* H8/300 Options:: Options
* H8/300 Syntax:: Syntax
* H8/300 Floating Point:: Floating Point
* H8/300 Directives:: H8/300 Machine Directives
* H8/300 Opcodes:: Opcodes
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300 Options
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex H8/300 options (none)
@cindex options, H8/300 (none)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{_AS__} has no additional command-line options for the Hitachi
H8/300 family.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300 Syntax
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Syntax
@menu
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
* H8/300-Chars:: Special Characters
* H8/300-Regs:: Register Names
* H8/300-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300-Chars
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Special Characters
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line comment character, H8/300
@cindex H8/300 line comment character
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{;} is the line comment character.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex line separator, H8/300
@cindex statement separator, H8/300
@cindex H8/300 line separator
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{$} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
Therefore @emph{you may not use @samp{$} in symbol names} on the H8/300.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300-Regs
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Register Names
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex H8/300 registers
@cindex registers, H8/300
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You can use predefined symbols of the form @samp{r@var{n}h} and
@samp{r@var{n}l} to refer to the H8/300 registers as sixteen 8-bit
general-purpose registers. @var{n} is a digit from @samp{0} to
@samp{7}); for instance, both @samp{r0h} and @samp{r7l} are valid
register names.
You can also use the eight predefined symbols @samp{r@var{n}} to refer
to the H8/300 registers as 16-bit registers (you must use this form for
addressing).
The two control registers are called @code{pc} (program counter; a
16-bit register) and @code{ccr} (condition code register; an 8-bit
register). @code{r7} is used as the stack pointer, and can also be
called @code{sp}.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300-Addressing
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Addressing Modes
@cindex addressing modes, H8/300
@cindex H8/300 addressing modes
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_AS__ understands the following addressing modes for the H8/300:
@table @code
@item r@var{n}
Register direct
@item @@r@var{n}
Register indirect
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@item @@(@var{d}, r@var{n})
@itemx @@(@var{d}:16, r@var{n})
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Register indirect: 16-bit displacement @var{d} from register @var{n}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
(You may specify the @samp{:16} for clarity if you wish, but it is not
required and has no effect.)
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item @@r@var{n}+
Register indirect with post-increment
@item @@-r@var{n}
Register indirect with pre-decrement
@item @code{@@}@var{aa}
@itemx @code{@@}@var{aa}:8
@itemx @code{@@}@var{aa}:16
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
Absolute address @code{aa}. You may specify the @samp{:8} or @samp{:16}
for clarity, if you wish; but @code{_AS__} neither requires this nor
uses it---the address size required is taken from context.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item #@var{xx}
@itemx #@var{xx}:8
@itemx #@var{xx}:16
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
Immediate data @var{xx}. You may specify the @samp{:8} or @samp{:16}
for clarity, if you wish; but @code{_AS__} neither requires this nor
uses it---the data size required is taken from context.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@item @code{@@}@code{@@}@var{aa}
@itemx @code{@@}@code{@@}@var{aa}:8
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
Memory indirect. You may specify the @samp{:8} for clarity, if you
wish; but @code{_AS__} neither requires this nor uses it.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300 Floating Point
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point, H8/300 (@sc{ieee})
@cindex H8/300 floating point (@sc{ieee})
The H8/300 family uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300 Directives
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) H8/300 Machine Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex H8/300 machine directives (none)
@cindex machine directives, H8/300 (none)
@cindex @code{word} directive, H8/300
@cindex @code{int} directive, H8/300
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@code{_AS__} has no machine-dependent directives for the H8/300.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
However, on this platform the @samp{.int} and @samp{.word} directives
generate 16-bit numbers.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node H8/300 Opcodes
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcodes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex H8/300 opcode summary
@cindex opcode summary, H8/300
@cindex mnemonics, H8/300
@cindex instruction summary, H8/300
For detailed information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see
@cite{H8/300 Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi ADE--602--025).
@code{_AS__} implements all the standard H8/300 opcodes. No additional
pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.
The following table summarizes the opcodes and their arguments:
@c kluge due to lack of group outside example
@page
@smallexample
@group
Rs @r{source register}
Rd @r{destination register}
imm @r{immediate data}
x:3 @r{a bit (as a number between 0 and 7)}
d:8 @r{eight bit displacement from @code{pc}}
d:16 @r{sixteen bit displacement from @code{Rs}}
add.b Rs,Rd biand #x:3,Rd
add.b #imm:8,Rd biand #x:3,@@Rd
add.w Rs,Rd biand #x:3,@@aa:8
adds #1,Rd bild #x:3,Rd
adds #2,Rd bild #x:3,@@Rd
addx #imm:8,Rd bild #x:3,@@aa:8
addx Rs,Rd bior #x:3,Rd
and #imm:8,Rd bior #x:3,@@Rd
and Rs,Rd bior #x:3,@@aa:8
andc #imm:8,ccr bist #x:3,Rd
band #x:3,Rd bist #x:3,@@Rd
band #x:3,@@Rd bist #x:3,@@aa:8
bra d:8 bixor #x:3,Rd
bt d:8 bixor #x:3,@@Rd
brn d:8 bixor #x:3,@@aa:8
bf d:8 bld #x:3,Rd
bhi d:8 bld #x:3,@@Rd
bls d:8 bld #x:3,@@aa:8
bcc d:8 bnot #x:3,Rd
bhs d:8 bnot #x:3,@@Rd
bcs d:8 bnot #x:3,@@aa:8
blo d:8 bnot Rs,Rd
bne d:8 bnot Rs,@@Rd
beq d:8 bnot Rs,@@aa:8
bvc d:8 bor #x:3,Rd
bvs d:8 bor #x:3,@@Rd
bpl d:8 bor #x:3,@@aa:8
bmi d:8 bset #x:3,@@Rd
bge d:8 bset #x:3,@@aa:8
blt d:8 bset Rs,Rd
bgt d:8 bset Rs,@@Rd
ble d:8 bset Rs,@@aa:8
bclr #x:3,Rd bsr d:8
bclr #x:3,@@Rd bst #x:3,Rd
bclr #x:3,@@aa:8 bst #x:3,@@Rd
bclr Rs,Rd bst #x:3,@@aa:8
bclr Rs,@@Rd btst #x:3,Rd
@end group
@group
btst #x:3,@@Rd mov.w @@(d:16, Rs),Rd
btst #x:3,@@aa:8 mov.w @@Rs+,Rd
btst Rs,Rd mov.w @@aa:16,Rd
btst Rs,@@Rd mov.w Rs,@@Rd
btst Rs,@@aa:8 mov.w Rs,@@(d:16, Rd)
bxor #x:3,Rd mov.w Rs,@@-Rd
bxor #x:3,@@Rd mov.w Rs,@@aa:16
bxor #x:3,@@aa:8 movfpe @@aa:16,Rd
cmp.b #imm:8,Rd movtpe Rs,@@aa:16
cmp.b Rs,Rd mulxu Rs,Rd
cmp.w Rs,Rd neg Rs
daa Rs nop
das Rs not Rs
dec Rs or #imm:8,Rd
divxu Rs,Rd or Rs,Rd
eepmov orc #imm:8,ccr
inc Rs pop Rs
jmp @@Rs push Rs
jmp @@aa:16 rotl Rs
jmp @@@@aa rotr Rs
jsr @@Rs rotxl Rs
jsr @@aa:16 rotxr Rs
jsr @@@@aa:8 rte
ldc #imm:8,ccr rts
ldc Rs,ccr shal Rs
mov.b Rs,Rd shar Rs
mov.b #imm:8,Rd shll Rs
mov.b @@Rs,Rd shlr Rs
mov.b @@(d:16, Rs),Rd sleep
mov.b @@Rs+,Rd stc ccr,Rd
mov.b @@aa:16,Rd sub.b Rs,Rd
mov.b @@aa:8,Rd sub.w Rs,Rd
mov.b Rs,@@Rd subs #1,Rd
mov.b Rs,@@(d:16, Rd) subs #2,Rd
mov.b Rs,@@-Rd subx #imm:8,Rd
mov.b Rs,@@aa:16 subx Rs,Rd
mov.b Rs,@@aa:8 xor #imm:8,Rd
mov.w Rs,Rd xor Rs,Rd
mov.w #imm:16,Rd xorc #imm:8,ccr
mov.w @@Rs,Rd
@end group
@end smallexample
@cindex size suffixes, H8/300
@cindex H8/300 size suffixes
Four H8/300 instructions (@code{add}, @code{cmp}, @code{mov},
@code{sub}) are defined with variants using the suffixes @samp{.b} and
@samp{.w} to specify the size of a memory operand. @code{_AS__}
supports these suffixes, but does not require them; since one of the
operands is always a register, @code{_AS__} can deduce the correct size.
For example, since @code{r0} refers to a 16-bit register,
@example
mov r0,@@foo
@exdent is equivalent to
mov.w r0,@@foo
@end example
If you use the size suffixes, @code{_AS__} will issue a warning if
there's a mismatch between the suffix and the register size.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
_fi__(_H8__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i960-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) Intel 80960 Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i960 support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Options-i960:: i960 Command-line Options
* Floating Point-i960:: Floating Point
* Directives-i960:: i960 Machine Directives
* Opcodes for i960:: i960 Opcodes
@end menu
@c FIXME! Add Syntax sec with discussion of bitfields here, at least so
@c long as they're not turned on for other machines than 960.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Options-i960
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) i960 Command-line Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i960 options
@cindex options, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@table @code
@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i960 architecture options
@cindex architecture options, i960
@cindex @code{-A} options, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Select the 80960 architecture. Instructions or features not supported
by the selected architecture cause fatal errors.
@samp{-ACA} is equivalent to @samp{-ACA_A}; @samp{-AKC} is equivalent to
@samp{-AMC}. Synonyms are provided for compatibility with other tools.
If none of these options is specified, @code{_AS__} will generate code for any
instruction or feature that is supported by @emph{some} version of the
960 (even if this means mixing architectures!). In principle,
@code{_AS__} will attempt to deduce the minimal sufficient processor
type if none is specified; depending on the object code format, the
processor type may be recorded in the object file. If it is critical
that the @code{_AS__} output match a specific architecture, specify that
architecture explicitly.
@item -b
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-b} option, i960
@cindex branch recording, i960
@cindex i960 branch recording
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Add code to collect information about conditional branches taken, for
later optimization using branch prediction bits. (The conditional branch
instructions have branch prediction bits in the CA, CB, and CC
architectures.) If @var{BR} represents a conditional branch instruction,
the following represents the code generated by the assembler when
@samp{-b} is specified:
@smallexample
call @var{increment routine}
.word 0 # pre-counter
Label: @var{BR}
call @var{increment routine}
.word 0 # post-counter
@end smallexample
The counter following a branch records the number of times that branch
was @emph{not} taken; the differenc between the two counters is the
number of times the branch @emph{was} taken.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{gbr960}, i960 postprocessor
@cindex branch statistics table, i960
A table of every such @code{Label} is also generated, so that the
external postprocessor @code{gbr960} (supplied by Intel) can locate all
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the counters. This table is always labelled @samp{__BRANCH_TABLE__};
this is a local symbol to permit collecting statistics for many separate
object files. The table is word aligned, and begins with a two-word
header. The first word, initialized to 0, is used in maintaining linked
lists of branch tables. The second word is a count of the number of
entries in the table, which follow immediately: each is a word, pointing
to one of the labels illustrated above.
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@ifinfo
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@example
+------------+------------+------------+ ... +------------+
| | | | | |
| *NEXT | COUNT: N | *BRLAB 1 | | *BRLAB N |
| | | | | |
+------------+------------+------------+ ... +------------+
__BRANCH_TABLE__ layout
@end example
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@tex
\vskip 1pc
\line{\leftskip=0pt\hskip\tableindent
\boxit{2cm}{\tt *NEXT}\boxit{2cm}{\tt COUNT: \it N}\boxit{2cm}{\tt
*BRLAB 1}\ibox{1cm}{\quad\dots}\boxit{2cm}{\tt *BRLAB \it N}\hfil}
\centerline{\it {\tt \_\_BRANCH\_TABLE\_\_} layout}
@end tex
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The first word of the header is used to locate multiple branch tables,
since each object file may contain one. Normally the links are
maintained with a call to an initialization routine, placed at the
beginning of each function in the file. The GNU C compiler will
generate these calls automatically when you give it a @samp{-b} option.
For further details, see the documentation of @samp{gbr960}.
@item -norelax
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-norelax} option, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Normally, Compare-and-Branch instructions with targets that require
displacements greater than 13 bits (or that have external targets) are
replaced with the corresponding compare (or @samp{chkbit}) and branch
instructions. You can use the @samp{-norelax} option to specify that
@code{_AS__} should generate errors instead, if the target displacement
is larger than 13 bits.
This option does not affect the Compare-and-Jump instructions; the code
emitted for them is @emph{always} adjusted when necessary (depending on
displacement size), regardless of whether you use @samp{-norelax}.
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Floating Point-i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point, i960 (@sc{ieee})
@cindex i960 floating point (@sc{ieee})
@code{_AS__} generates @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers for the directives
@samp{.float}, @samp{.double}, @samp{.extended}, and @samp{.single}.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Directives-i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) i960 Machine Directives
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex machine directives, i960
@cindex i960 machine directives
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@table @code
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{bss} directive, i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .bss @var{symbol}, @var{length}, @var{align}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Reserve @var{length} bytes in the bss section for a local @var{symbol},
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
aligned to the power of two specified by @var{align}. @var{length} and
@var{align} must be positive absolute expressions. This directive
differs from @samp{.lcomm} only in that it permits you to specify
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
an alignment. @xref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@end table
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@table @code
@item .extended @var{flonums}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{extended} directive, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{.extended} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas; for
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
each flonum, @samp{.extended} emits an @sc{ieee} extended-format (80-bit)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
floating-point number.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .leafproc @var{call-lab}, @var{bal-lab}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{leafproc} directive, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
You can use the @samp{.leafproc} directive in conjunction with the
optimized @code{callj} instruction to enable faster calls of leaf
procedures. If a procedure is known to call no other procedures, you
may define an entry point that skips procedure prolog code (and that does
not depend on system-supplied saved context), and declare it as the
@var{bal-lab} using @samp{.leafproc}. If the procedure also has an
entry point that goes through the normal prolog, you can specify that
entry point as @var{call-lab}.
A @samp{.leafproc} declaration is meant for use in conjunction with the
optimized call instruction @samp{callj}; the directive records the data
needed later to choose between converting the @samp{callj} into a
@code{bal} or a @code{call}.
@var{call-lab} is optional; if only one argument is present, or if the
two arguments are identical, the single argument is assumed to be the
@code{bal} entry point.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@item .sysproc @var{name}, @var{index}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{sysproc} directive, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The @samp{.sysproc} directive defines a name for a system procedure.
After you define it using @samp{.sysproc}, you can use @var{name} to
refer to the system procedure identified by @var{index} when calling
procedures with the optimized call instruction @samp{callj}.
Both arguments are required; @var{index} must be between 0 and 31
(inclusive).
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@end table
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Opcodes for i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) i960 Opcodes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex opcodes, i960
@cindex i960 opcodes
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
All Intel 960 machine instructions are supported;
@pxref{Options-i960,,i960 Command-line Options} for a discussion of
selecting the instruction subset for a particular 960
architecture.@refill
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Some opcodes are processed beyond simply emitting a single corresponding
instruction: @samp{callj}, and Compare-and-Branch or Compare-and-Jump
instructions with target displacements larger than 13 bits.
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* callj-i960:: @code{callj}
* Compare-and-branch-i960:: Compare-and-Branch
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node callj-i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) @code{callj}
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{callj}, i960 pseudo-opcode
@cindex i960 @code{callj} pseudo-opcode
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
You can write @code{callj} to have the assembler or the linker determine
the most appropriate form of subroutine call: @samp{call},
@samp{bal}, or @samp{calls}. If the assembly source contains
enough information---a @samp{.leafproc} or @samp{.sysproc} directive
defining the operand---then @code{_AS__} will translate the
@code{callj}; if not, it will simply emit the @code{callj}, leaving it
for the linker to resolve.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Compare-and-branch-i960
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Compare-and-Branch
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@cindex i960 compare/branch instructions
@cindex compare/branch instructions, i960
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The 960 architectures provide combined Compare-and-Branch instructions
that permit you to store the branch target in the lower 13 bits of the
instruction word itself. However, if you specify a branch target far
enough away that its address won't fit in 13 bits, the assembler can
either issue an error, or convert your Compare-and-Branch instruction
into separate instructions to do the compare and the branch.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex compare and jump expansions, i960
@cindex i960 compare and jump expansions
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Whether @code{_AS__} gives an error or expands the instruction depends
on two choices you can make: whether you use the @samp{-norelax} option,
and whether you use a ``Compare and Branch'' instruction or a ``Compare
and Jump'' instruction. The ``Jump'' instructions are @emph{always}
expanded if necessary; the ``Branch'' instructions are expanded when
necessary @emph{unless} you specify @code{-norelax}---in which case
@code{_AS__} gives an error instead.
These are the Compare-and-Branch instructions, their ``Jump'' variants,
and the instruction pairs they may expand into:
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@ifinfo
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@example
Compare and
Branch Jump Expanded to
------ ------ ------------
bbc chkbit; bno
bbs chkbit; bo
cmpibe cmpije cmpi; be
cmpibg cmpijg cmpi; bg
cmpibge cmpijge cmpi; bge
cmpibl cmpijl cmpi; bl
cmpible cmpijle cmpi; ble
cmpibno cmpijno cmpi; bno
cmpibne cmpijne cmpi; bne
cmpibo cmpijo cmpi; bo
cmpobe cmpoje cmpo; be
cmpobg cmpojg cmpo; bg
cmpobge cmpojge cmpo; bge
cmpobl cmpojl cmpo; bl
cmpoble cmpojle cmpo; ble
cmpobne cmpojne cmpo; bne
@end example
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@tex
\hskip\tableindent
\halign{\hfil {\tt #}\quad&\hfil {\tt #}\qquad&{\tt #}\hfil\cr
\omit{\hfil\it Compare and\hfil}\span\omit&\cr
{\it Branch}&{\it Jump}&{\it Expanded to}\cr
bbc& & chkbit; bno\cr
bbs& & chkbit; bo\cr
cmpibe& cmpije& cmpi; be\cr
cmpibg& cmpijg& cmpi; bg\cr
cmpibge& cmpijge& cmpi; bge\cr
cmpibl& cmpijl& cmpi; bl\cr
cmpible& cmpijle& cmpi; ble\cr
cmpibno& cmpijno& cmpi; bno\cr
cmpibne& cmpijne& cmpi; bne\cr
cmpibo& cmpijo& cmpi; bo\cr
cmpobe& cmpoje& cmpo; be\cr
cmpobg& cmpojg& cmpo; bg\cr
cmpobge& cmpojge& cmpo; bge\cr
cmpobl& cmpojl& cmpo; bl\cr
cmpoble& cmpojle& cmpo; ble\cr
cmpobne& cmpojne& cmpo; bne\cr}
@end tex
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_M680X0__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) M680x0 Dependent Features
@cindex M680x0 support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* M68K-Opts:: M680x0 Options
* M68K-Syntax:: Syntax
* M68K-Float:: Floating Point
* M68K-Directives:: 680x0 Machine Directives
* M68K-opcodes:: Opcodes
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Opts
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) M680x0 Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex options, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 options
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The Motorola 680x0 version of @code{_AS__} has two machine dependent options.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
One shortens undefined references from 32 to 16 bits, while the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
other is used to tell @code{_AS__} what kind of machine it is
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
assembling for.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{-l} option, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
You can use the @kbd{-l} option to shorten the size of references to
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
undefined symbols. If the @kbd{-l} option is not given, references to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
undefined symbols will be a full long (32 bits) wide. (Since @code{_AS__}
cannot know where these symbols will end up, @code{_AS__} can only allocate
space for the linker to fill in later. Since @code{_AS__} doesn't know how
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
far away these symbols will be, it allocates as much space as it can.)
If this option is given, the references will only be one word wide (16
bits). This may be useful if you want the object file to be as small as
possible, and you know that the relevant symbols will be less than 17
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
bits away.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
@cindex @code{-m68000} and related options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex architecture options, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 architecture options
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The 680x0 version of @code{_AS__} is most frequently used to assemble
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
programs for the Motorola MC68020 microprocessor. Occasionally it is
used to assemble programs for the mostly similar, but slightly different
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
MC68000 or MC68010 microprocessors. You can give @code{_AS__} the options
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@samp{-m68000}, @samp{-mc68000}, @samp{-m68010}, @samp{-mc68010},
@samp{-m68020}, and @samp{-mc68020} to tell it what processor is the
target.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Syntax
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Syntax
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex M680x0 syntax
@cindex syntax, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 size modifiers
@cindex size modifiers, M680x0
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The 680x0 version of @code{_AS__} uses syntax similar to the Sun assembler.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Size modifiers are appended directly to the end of the opcode without an
intervening period. For example, write @samp{movl} rather than
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{move.l}.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
If @code{_AS__} is compiled with SUN_ASM_SYNTAX defined, it will also allow
Sun-style local labels of the form @samp{1$} through @samp{$9}.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_INTERNALS__)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
In the following table @dfn{apc} stands for any of the address
registers (@samp{a0} through @samp{a7}), nothing, (@samp{}), the
Program Counter (@samp{pc}), or the zero-address relative to the
program counter (@samp{zpc}).
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex M680x0 addressing modes
@cindex addressing modes, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The following addressing modes are understood:
@table @dfn
@item Immediate
@samp{#@var{digits}}
@item Data Register
@samp{d0} through @samp{d7}
@item Address Register
@samp{a0} through @samp{a7}
@item Address Register Indirect
@samp{a0@@} through @samp{a7@@}
@item Address Register Postincrement
@samp{a0@@+} through @samp{a7@@+}
@item Address Register Predecrement
@samp{a0@@-} through @samp{a7@@-}
@item Indirect Plus Offset
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})}
@item Index
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
@item Postindex
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})}
@item Preindex
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits},@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})@@(@var{digits})}
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
or @samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{register}:@var{size}:@var{scale})@@(@var{digits})}
@item Memory Indirect
@samp{@var{apc}@@(@var{digits})@@(@var{digits})}
@item Absolute
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@samp{@var{symbol}}, or @samp{@var{digits}}
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@ignore
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c pesch@cygnus.com: gnu, rich concur the following needs careful
@c research before documenting.
, or either of the above followed
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
by @samp{:b}, @samp{:w}, or @samp{:l}.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Float
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 floating point
@c FIXME is this "not too well tested" crud STILL true?
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The floating point code is not too well tested, and may have
subtle bugs in it.
Packed decimal (P) format floating literals are not supported.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Feel free to add the code!
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The floating point formats generated by directives are these.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @code
@item .float
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{float} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@code{Single} precision floating point constants.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .double
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{double} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@code{Double} precision floating point constants.
@end table
There is no directive to produce regions of memory holding
extended precision numbers, however they can be used as
immediate operands to floating-point instructions. Adding a
directive to create extended precision numbers would not be
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
hard, but it has not yet seemed necessary.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Directives
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) 680x0 Machine Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex M680x0 directives
@cindex directives, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
In order to be compatible with the Sun assembler the 680x0 assembler
understands the following directives.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @code
@item .data1
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{data1} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive is identical to a @code{.data 1} directive.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .data2
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{data2} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive is identical to a @code{.data 2} directive.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .even
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{even} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive is identical to a @code{.align 1} directive.
@c Is this true? does it work???
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .skip
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{skip} directive, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive is identical to a @code{.space} directive.
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-opcodes
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcodes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex M680x0 opcodes
@cindex opcodes, M680x0
@cindex instruction set, M680x0
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c pesch@cygnus.com: I don't see any point in the following
@c paragraph. Bugs are bugs; how does saying this
@c help anyone?
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@ignore
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Danger: Several bugs have been found in the opcode table (and
fixed). More bugs may exist. Be careful when using obscure
instructions.
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* M68K-Branch:: Branch Improvement
* M68K-Chars:: Special Characters
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Branch
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Branch Improvement
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex pseudo-opcodes, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 pseudo-opcodes
@cindex branch improvement, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 branch improvement
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Certain pseudo opcodes are permitted for branch instructions.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
They expand to the shortest branch instruction that will reach the
target. Generally these mnemonics are made by substituting @samp{j} for
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{b} at the start of a Motorola mnemonic.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
The following table summarizes the pseudo-operations. A @code{*} flags
cases that are more fully described after the table:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Displacement
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
+-------------------------------------------------
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
| 68020 68000/10
Pseudo-Op |BYTE WORD LONG LONG non-PC relative
1992-04-27 20:51:53 +00:00
+-------------------------------------------------
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
jbsr |bsrs bsr bsrl jsr jsr
jra |bras bra bral jmp jmp
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
* jXX |bXXs bXX bXXl bNXs;jmpl bNXs;jmp
* dbXX |dbXX dbXX dbXX; bra; jmpl
* fjXX |fbXXw fbXXw fbXXl fbNXw;jmp
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
XX: condition
NX: negative of condition XX
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@center @code{*}---see full description below
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@table @code
@item jbsr
@itemx jra
These are the simplest jump pseudo-operations; they always map to one
particular machine instruction, depending on the displacement to the
branch target.
@item j@var{XX}
Here, @samp{j@var{XX}} stands for an entire family of pseudo-operations,
where @var{XX} is a conditional branch or condition-code test. The full
list of pseudo-ops in this family is:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
jhi jls jcc jcs jne jeq jvc
jvs jpl jmi jge jlt jgt jle
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
For the cases of non-PC relative displacements and long displacements on
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the 68000 or 68010, @code{_AS__} will issue a longer code fragment in terms of
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@var{NX}, the opposite condition to @var{XX}. For example, for the
non-PC relative case:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
j@var{XX} foo
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
gives
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
b@var{NX}s oof
jmp foo
oof:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item db@var{XX}
The full family of pseudo-operations covered here is
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
dbhi dbls dbcc dbcs dbne dbeq dbvc
dbvs dbpl dbmi dbge dblt dbgt dble
dbf dbra dbt
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Other than for word and byte displacements, when the source reads
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{db@var{XX} foo}, @code{_AS__} will emit
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
db@var{XX} oo1
bra oo2
oo1:jmpl foo
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
oo2:
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item fj@var{XX}
This family includes
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
fjne fjeq fjge fjlt fjgt fjle fjf
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
fjt fjgl fjgle fjnge fjngl fjngle fjngt
fjnle fjnlt fjoge fjogl fjogt fjole fjolt
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
fjor fjseq fjsf fjsne fjst fjueq fjuge
fjugt fjule fjult fjun
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
For branch targets that are not PC relative, @code{_AS__} emits
@smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
fb@var{NX} oof
jmp foo
oof:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
when it encounters @samp{fj@var{XX} foo}.
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node M68K-Chars
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Special Characters
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex special characters, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 immediate character
@cindex immediate character, M680x0
@cindex M680x0 line comment character
@cindex line comment character, M680x0
@cindex comments, M680x0
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The immediate character is @samp{#} for Sun compatibility. The
line-comment character is @samp{|}. If a @samp{#} appears at the
beginning of a line, it is treated as a comment unless it looks like
@samp{# line file}, in which case it is treated normally.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_M680X0__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c pesch@cygnus.com: conditionalize on something other than 0 when filled in.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section 32x32
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@section Options
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The 32x32 version of @code{_AS__} accepts a @kbd{-m32032} option to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
specify thiat it is compiling for a 32032 processor, or a
@kbd{-m32532} to specify that it is compiling for a 32532 option.
The default (if neither is specified) is chosen when the assembler
is compiled.
@subsection Syntax
I don't know anything about the 32x32 syntax assembled by
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__}. Someone who undersands the processor (I've never seen
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
one) and the possible syntaxes should write this section.
@subsection Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
The 32x32 uses @sc{ieee} floating point numbers, but @code{_AS__} will only
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
create single or double precision values. I don't know if the 32x32
understands extended precision numbers.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@subsection 32x32 Machine Directives
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The 32x32 has no machine dependent directives.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(0)
_if__(_SPARC__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sparc-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) SPARC Dependent Features
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex SPARC support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* Sparc-Opts:: Options
* Sparc-Float:: Floating Point
* Sparc-Directives:: Sparc Machine Directives
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sparc-Opts
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex options for SPARC (none)
@cindex SPARC options (none)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
The Sparc has no machine dependent options.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@ignore
@c FIXME: (sparc) Fill in "syntax" section!
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@c subsection syntax
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
I don't know anything about Sparc syntax. Someone who does
will have to write this section.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
@end ignore
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sparc-Float
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex floating point, SPARC (@sc{ieee})
@cindex SPARC floating point (@sc{ieee})
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
The Sparc uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Sparc-Directives
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Sparc Machine Directives
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex SPARC machine directives
@cindex machine directives, SPARC
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
The Sparc version of @code{_AS__} supports the following additional
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
machine directives:
@table @code
@item .common
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{common} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This must be followed by a symbol name, a positive number, and
@code{"bss"}. This behaves somewhat like @code{.comm}, but the
syntax is different.
@item .half
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{half} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This is functionally identical to @code{.short}.
@item .proc
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{proc} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This directive is ignored. Any text following it on the same
line is also ignored.
@item .reserve
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{reserve} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This must be followed by a symbol name, a positive number, and
@code{"bss"}. This behaves somewhat like @code{.lcomm}, but the
syntax is different.
@item .seg
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{seg} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
This must be followed by @code{"text"}, @code{"data"}, or
@code{"data1"}. It behaves like @code{.text}, @code{.data}, or
@code{.data 1}.
@item .skip
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{skip} directive, SPARC
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
This is functionally identical to the @code{.space} directive.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item .word
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{word} directive, SPARC
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
On the Sparc, the .word directive produces 32 bit values,
1991-11-26 19:41:08 +00:00
instead of the 16 bit values it produces on many other machines.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(_SPARC__)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_if__(_I80386__)
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Dependent
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) 80386 Dependent Features
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 support
@cindex i80306 support
1991-09-19 02:18:43 +00:00
@menu
* i386-Options:: Options
* i386-Syntax:: AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
* i386-Opcodes:: Opcode Naming
* i386-Regs:: Register Naming
* i386-prefixes:: Opcode Prefixes
* i386-Memory:: Memory References
* i386-jumps:: Handling of Jump Instructions
* i386-Float:: Floating Point
* i386-Notes:: Notes
@end menu
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Options
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Options
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex options for i386 (none)
@cindex i386 options (none)
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The 80386 has no machine dependent options.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Syntax
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 syntax compatibility
@cindex syntax compatibility, i386
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
In order to maintain compatibility with the output of @code{_GCC__},
@code{_AS__} supports AT&T System V/386 assembler syntax. This is quite
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
different from Intel syntax. We mention these differences because
almost all 80386 documents used only Intel syntax. Notable differences
between the two syntaxes are:
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex immediate operands, i386
@cindex i386 immediate operands
@cindex register operands, i386
@cindex i386 register operands
@cindex jump/call operands, i386
@cindex i386 jump/call operands
@cindex operand delimiters, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
AT&T immediate operands are preceded by @samp{$}; Intel immediate
operands are undelimited (Intel @samp{push 4} is AT&T @samp{pushl $4}).
AT&T register operands are preceded by @samp{%}; Intel register operands
are undelimited. AT&T absolute (as opposed to PC relative) jump/call
operands are prefixed by @samp{*}; they are undelimited in Intel syntax.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 source, destination operands
@cindex source, destination operands; i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
AT&T and Intel syntax use the opposite order for source and destination
operands. Intel @samp{add eax, 4} is @samp{addl $4, %eax}. The
@samp{source, dest} convention is maintained for compatibility with
previous Unix assemblers.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex opcode suffixes, i386
@cindex sizes operands, i386
@cindex i386 size suffixes
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
In AT&T syntax the size of memory operands is determined from the last
character of the opcode name. Opcode suffixes of @samp{b}, @samp{w},
and @samp{l} specify byte (8-bit), word (16-bit), and long (32-bit)
memory references. Intel syntax accomplishes this by prefixes memory
operands (@emph{not} the opcodes themselves) with @samp{byte ptr},
@samp{word ptr}, and @samp{dword ptr}. Thus, Intel @samp{mov al, byte
ptr @var{foo}} is @samp{movb @var{foo}, %al} in AT&T syntax.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex return instructions, i386
@cindex i386 jump, call, return
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Immediate form long jumps and calls are
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{lcall/ljmp $@var{section}, $@var{offset}} in AT&T syntax; the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Intel syntax is
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{call/jmp far @var{section}:@var{offset}}. Also, the far return
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
instruction
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
is @samp{lret $@var{stack-adjust}} in AT&T syntax; Intel syntax is
@samp{ret far @var{stack-adjust}}.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex sections, i386
@cindex i386 sections
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The AT&T assembler does not provide support for multiple section
programs. Unix style systems expect all programs to be single sections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end itemize
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Opcodes
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcode Naming
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 opcode naming
@cindex opcode naming, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Opcode names are suffixed with one character modifiers which specify the
size of operands. The letters @samp{b}, @samp{w}, and @samp{l} specify
byte, word, and long operands. If no suffix is specified by an
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
instruction and it contains no memory operands then @code{_AS__} tries to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
fill in the missing suffix based on the destination register operand
(the last one by convention). Thus, @samp{mov %ax, %bx} is equivalent
to @samp{movw %ax, %bx}; also, @samp{mov $1, %bx} is equivalent to
@samp{movw $1, %bx}. Note that this is incompatible with the AT&T Unix
assembler which assumes that a missing opcode suffix implies long
operand size. (This incompatibility does not affect compiler output
since compilers always explicitly specify the opcode suffix.)
Almost all opcodes have the same names in AT&T and Intel format. There
are a few exceptions. The sign extend and zero extend instructions need
two sizes to specify them. They need a size to sign/zero extend
@emph{from} and a size to zero extend @emph{to}. This is accomplished
by using two opcode suffixes in AT&T syntax. Base names for sign extend
and zero extend are @samp{movs@dots{}} and @samp{movz@dots{}} in AT&T
syntax (@samp{movsx} and @samp{movzx} in Intel syntax). The opcode
suffixes are tacked on to this base name, the @emph{from} suffix before
the @emph{to} suffix. Thus, @samp{movsbl %al, %edx} is AT&T syntax for
``move sign extend @emph{from} %al @emph{to} %edx.'' Possible suffixes,
thus, are @samp{bl} (from byte to long), @samp{bw} (from byte to word),
and @samp{wl} (from word to long).
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex conversion instructions, i386
@cindex i386 conversion instructions
The Intel-syntax conversion instructions
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
@samp{cbw} --- sign-extend byte in @samp{%al} to word in @samp{%ax},
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
@samp{cwde} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%eax},
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
@samp{cwd} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%dx:%ax},
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
@samp{cdq} --- sign-extend dword in @samp{%eax} to quad in @samp{%edx:%eax},
@end itemize
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@noindent
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
are called @samp{cbtw}, @samp{cwtl}, @samp{cwtd}, and @samp{cltd} in
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
AT&T naming. @code{_AS__} accepts either naming for these instructions.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex jump instructions, i386
@cindex call instructions, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Far call/jump instructions are @samp{lcall} and @samp{ljmp} in
AT&T syntax, but are @samp{call far} and @samp{jump far} in Intel
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
convention.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Regs
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Register Naming
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 registers
@cindex registers, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Register operands are always prefixes with @samp{%}. The 80386 registers
consist of
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
the 8 32-bit registers @samp{%eax} (the accumulator), @samp{%ebx},
@samp{%ecx}, @samp{%edx}, @samp{%edi}, @samp{%esi}, @samp{%ebp} (the
frame pointer), and @samp{%esp} (the stack pointer).
@item
the 8 16-bit low-ends of these: @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx}, @samp{%cx},
@samp{%dx}, @samp{%di}, @samp{%si}, @samp{%bp}, and @samp{%sp}.
@item
the 8 8-bit registers: @samp{%ah}, @samp{%al}, @samp{%bh},
@samp{%bl}, @samp{%ch}, @samp{%cl}, @samp{%dh}, and @samp{%dl} (These
are the high-bytes and low-bytes of @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx},
@samp{%cx}, and @samp{%dx})
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
the 6 section registers @samp{%cs} (code section), @samp{%ds}
(data section), @samp{%ss} (stack section), @samp{%es}, @samp{%fs},
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
and @samp{%gs}.
@item
the 3 processor control registers @samp{%cr0}, @samp{%cr2}, and
@samp{%cr3}.
@item
the 6 debug registers @samp{%db0}, @samp{%db1}, @samp{%db2},
@samp{%db3}, @samp{%db6}, and @samp{%db7}.
@item
the 2 test registers @samp{%tr6} and @samp{%tr7}.
@item
the 8 floating point register stack @samp{%st} or equivalently
@samp{%st(0)}, @samp{%st(1)}, @samp{%st(2)}, @samp{%st(3)},
@samp{%st(4)}, @samp{%st(5)}, @samp{%st(6)}, and @samp{%st(7)}.
@end itemize
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-prefixes
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcode Prefixes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 opcode prefixes
@cindex opcode prefixes, i386
@cindex prefixes, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Opcode prefixes are used to modify the following opcode. They are used
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
to repeat string instructions, to provide section overrides, to perform
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
bus lock operations, and to give operand and address size (16-bit
operands are specified in an instruction by prefixing what would
normally be 32-bit operands with a ``operand size'' opcode prefix).
Opcode prefixes are usually given as single-line instructions with no
operands, and must directly precede the instruction they act upon. For
example, the @samp{scas} (scan string) instruction is repeated with:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
repne
scas
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Here is a list of opcode prefixes:
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex section override prefixes, i386
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Section override prefixes @samp{cs}, @samp{ds}, @samp{ss}, @samp{es},
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@samp{fs}, @samp{gs}. These are automatically added by specifying
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
using the @var{section}:@var{memory-operand} form for memory references.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex size prefixes, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Operand/Address size prefixes @samp{data16} and @samp{addr16}
change 32-bit operands/addresses into 16-bit operands/addresses. Note
that 16-bit addressing modes (i.e. 8086 and 80286 addressing modes)
are not supported (yet).
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex bus lock prefixes, i386
@cindex inhibiting interrupts, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The bus lock prefix @samp{lock} inhibits interrupts during
execution of the instruction it precedes. (This is only valid with
certain instructions; see a 80386 manual for details).
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex coprocessor wait, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The wait for coprocessor prefix @samp{wait} waits for the
coprocessor to complete the current instruction. This should never be
needed for the 80386/80387 combination.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex repeat prefixes, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
The @samp{rep}, @samp{repe}, and @samp{repne} prefixes are added
to string instructions to make them repeat @samp{%ecx} times.
@end itemize
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Memory
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Memory References
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 memory references
@cindex memory references, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
An Intel syntax indirect memory reference of the form
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{section}:[@var{base} + @var{index}*@var{scale} + @var{disp}]
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@noindent
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
is translated into the AT&T syntax
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{section}:@var{disp}(@var{base}, @var{index}, @var{scale})
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@noindent
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
where @var{base} and @var{index} are the optional 32-bit base and
index registers, @var{disp} is the optional displacement, and
@var{scale}, taking the values 1, 2, 4, and 8, multiplies @var{index}
to calculate the address of the operand. If no @var{scale} is
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
specified, @var{scale} is taken to be 1. @var{section} specifies the
optional section register for the memory operand, and may override the
default section register (see a 80386 manual for section register
defaults). Note that section overrides in AT&T syntax @emph{must} have
be preceded by a @samp{%}. If you specify a section override which
coincides with the default section register, @code{_AS__} will @emph{not}
output any section register override prefixes to assemble the given
instruction. Thus, section overrides can be specified to emphasize which
section register is used for a given memory operand.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Here are some examples of Intel and AT&T style memory references:
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@table @asis
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item AT&T: @samp{-4(%ebp)}, Intel: @samp{[ebp - 4]}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{base} is @samp{%ebp}; @var{disp} is @samp{-4}. @var{section} is
missing, and the default section is used (@samp{%ss} for addressing with
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@samp{%ebp} as the base register). @var{index}, @var{scale} are both missing.
@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,%eax,4)}, Intel: @samp{[foo + eax*4]}
@var{index} is @samp{%eax} (scaled by a @var{scale} 4); @var{disp} is
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@samp{foo}. All other fields are missing. The section register here
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
defaults to @samp{%ds}.
@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,1)}; Intel @samp{[foo]}
This uses the value pointed to by @samp{foo} as a memory operand.
Note that @var{base} and @var{index} are both missing, but there is only
@emph{one} @samp{,}. This is a syntactic exception.
@item AT&T: @samp{%gs:foo}; Intel @samp{gs:foo}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This selects the contents of the variable @samp{foo} with section
register @var{section} being @samp{%gs}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
Absolute (as opposed to PC relative) call and jump operands must be
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
prefixed with @samp{*}. If no @samp{*} is specified, @code{_AS__} will
always choose PC relative addressing for jump/call labels.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Any instruction that has a memory operand @emph{must} specify its size (byte,
word, or long) with an opcode suffix (@samp{b}, @samp{w}, or @samp{l},
respectively).
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-jumps
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Handling of Jump Instructions
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex jump optimization, i386
@cindex i386 jump optimization
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Jump instructions are always optimized to use the smallest possible
displacements. This is accomplished by using byte (8-bit) displacement
jumps whenever the target is sufficiently close. If a byte displacement
is insufficient a long (32-bit) displacement is used. We do not support
word (16-bit) displacement jumps (i.e. prefixing the jump instruction
with the @samp{addr16} opcode prefix), since the 80386 insists upon masking
@samp{%eip} to 16 bits after the word displacement is added.
Note that the @samp{jcxz}, @samp{jecxz}, @samp{loop}, @samp{loopz},
@samp{loope}, @samp{loopnz} and @samp{loopne} instructions only come in
byte displacements, so that it is possible that use of these
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
instructions (@code{_GCC__} does not use them) will cause the assembler to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
print an error message (and generate incorrect code). The AT&T 80386
assembler tries to get around this problem by expanding @samp{jcxz foo} to
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
jcxz cx_zero
jmp cx_nonzero
cx_zero: jmp foo
cx_nonzero:
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Float
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Floating Point
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 floating point
@cindex floating point, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
All 80387 floating point types except packed BCD are supported.
(BCD support may be added without much difficulty). These data
types are 16-, 32-, and 64- bit integers, and single (32-bit),
double (64-bit), and extended (80-bit) precision floating point.
Each supported type has an opcode suffix and a constructor
associated with it. Opcode suffixes specify operand's data
types. Constructors build these data types into memory.
@itemize @bullet
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{float} directive, i386
@cindex @code{single} directive, i386
@cindex @code{double} directive, i386
@cindex @code{tfloat} directive, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Floating point constructors are @samp{.float} or @samp{.single},
@samp{.double}, and @samp{.tfloat} for 32-, 64-, and 80-bit formats.
These correspond to opcode suffixes @samp{s}, @samp{l}, and @samp{t}.
@samp{t} stands for temporary real, and that the 80387 only supports
this format via the @samp{fldt} (load temporary real to stack top) and
@samp{fstpt} (store temporary real and pop stack) instructions.
@item
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex @code{word} directive, i386
@cindex @code{long} directive, i386
@cindex @code{int} directive, i386
@cindex @code{quad} directive, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Integer constructors are @samp{.word}, @samp{.long} or @samp{.int}, and
@samp{.quad} for the 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integer formats. The corresponding
opcode suffixes are @samp{s} (single), @samp{l} (long), and @samp{q}
(quad). As with the temporary real format the 64-bit @samp{q} format is
only present in the @samp{fildq} (load quad integer to stack top) and
@samp{fistpq} (store quad integer and pop stack) instructions.
@end itemize
Register to register operations do not require opcode suffixes,
so that @samp{fst %st, %st(1)} is equivalent to @samp{fstl %st, %st(1)}.
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 @code{fwait} instruction
@cindex @code{fwait instruction}, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Since the 80387 automatically synchronizes with the 80386 @samp{fwait}
instructions are almost never needed (this is not the case for the
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
80286/80287 and 8086/8087 combinations). Therefore, @code{_AS__} suppresses
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
the @samp{fwait} instruction whenever it is implicitly selected by one
of the @samp{fn@dots{}} instructions. For example, @samp{fsave} and
@samp{fnsave} are treated identically. In general, all the @samp{fn@dots{}}
instructions are made equivalent to @samp{f@dots{}} instructions. If
@samp{fwait} is desired it must be explicitly coded.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node i386-Notes
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Notes
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex i386 @code{mul}, @code{imul} instructions
@cindex @code{mul} instruction, i386
@cindex @code{imul} instruction, i386
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
There is some trickery concerning the @samp{mul} and @samp{imul}
instructions that deserves mention. The 16-, 32-, and 64-bit expanding
multiplies (base opcode @samp{0xf6}; extension 4 for @samp{mul} and 5
for @samp{imul}) can be output only in the one operand form. Thus,
@samp{imul %ebx, %eax} does @emph{not} select the expanding multiply;
the expanding multiply would clobber the @samp{%edx} register, and this
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
would confuse @code{_GCC__} output. Use @samp{imul %ebx} to get the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
64-bit product in @samp{%edx:%eax}.
We have added a two operand form of @samp{imul} when the first operand
is an immediate mode expression and the second operand is a register.
This is just a shorthand, so that, multiplying @samp{%eax} by 69, for
example, can be done with @samp{imul $69, %eax} rather than @samp{imul
$69, %eax, %eax}.
1991-06-25 19:40:21 +00:00
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
_fi__(_I80386__)
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
_if__(_Z8000__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
@node Z8000-Dependent
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_CHAPSEC__(0+_GENERIC__) Z8000 Dependent Features
@cindex Z8000 support
@menu
* Z8000 Options:: Options
* Z8000 Syntax:: Syntax
* Z8000 Directives:: Z8000 Machine Directives
* Z8000 Opcodes:: Opcodes
@end menu
@node Z8000 Options
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Options
@cindex Z8000 options
@cindex options, Z8000
@code{_AS__} has no additional command-line options for the Zilog
Z8000 family.
@node Z8000 Syntax
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Syntax
@menu
* Z8000-Chars:: Special Characters
* Z8000-Regs:: Register Names
* Z8000-Addressing:: Addressing Modes
@end menu
@node Z8000-Chars
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Special Characters
@cindex line comment character, Z8000
@cindex Z8000 line comment character
@samp{!} is the line comment character.
@cindex line separator, Z8000
@cindex statement separator, Z8000
@cindex Z8000 line separator
@samp{;} can be used instead of a newline to separate statements.
@node Z8000
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Register Names
@cindex Z8000 registers
@cindex registers, Z8000
The Z8000 has sixteen 16 bit registers, numbered 0 to 15. You can refer to different
sized groups of registers with the prefix @samp{r} for 16 bit registers, @samp{rr}
for 32 bit registers and @samp{rq} for 64 bit registers. The first eight of the sixteen
16 bit registers may also be accessed by bytes. They are named @samp{r@var{n}h} and @samp{r@var{n}l}}.
@example
byte registers
r0l r0h r1h r1l r2h r2l r3h r3l r4h r4l r5h r5l r6h r6l r7h r7l
word registers
r0 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15
long word registers
rr0 rr2 rr4 rr6 rr8 rr10 rr12 rr14
quad word registers
rq0 rq4 rq8 rq12
@end example
@node Z8000-Addressing
_CHAPSEC__(2+_GENERIC__) Addressing Modes
@cindex addressing modes, Z8000
@cindex Z800 addressing modes
_AS__ understands the following addressing modes for the Z8000:
@table @code
@item r@var{n}
Register direct
@item @@r@var{n}
Indirect register
@item var{address}
Direct: the 16/24 bit address of the operand is in the instruction.
@item address(r@var{n})
Indexed: the 16/24 bit address is added to the 16 bit register to produce
the final address in memory of the operand.
@item r@var{n}(#@var{imm})
Base Address: the 16/24 bit register is added to the 16 bit sign extended immediate displacement to produce the final address in memory of the operand.
@item r@var{n}(r@var{m})
Base Index: the 16/24 bit register r@var{n} is added to the sign extended
16 bit index register r@var{m} to produce the final address in memory of the operand.
@item #@var{xx}
Immediate data @var{xx}.
@end table
@node Z8000 Opcodes
_CHAPSEC__(1+_GENERIC__) Opcodes
@cindex Z8000 opcode summary
@cindex opcode summary, Z8000
@cindex mnemonics, Z8000
@cindex instruction summary, Z8000
For detailed information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see
@cite{Z8000 Technical Manual}.
@cindex Z8000 pseudo ops
The Z8000 port of gas provides a superficial resemblance to YASM, and
provides these YASM compatible pseudo ops:
@table @code
@item segm
@cindex segm
Generates code for the segmented Z8001.
@item unsegm
Generates code for the unsegmented Z8002.
@item name
Synonym for @code{.file}
@item global
Synonum for @code{.global}
@item wval
Synonym for .word
@item lval
Synonym for .long
@item bval
Synonym for .byte
@item sval
Assemble a string.
@code {sval} expects one string literal, delimited by single quotes. It assembles each byte of the string into consecutive addresses. Single quote
and other non-representable characters may be descrbed by escaping them
with a percent sign and their ascii value as a two digit hex number.
@example
char *a = "he said \"it's 50% off\"";
0000 68652073 sval 'he said %22it%27s 50%25 off%22%00'
61696420
22697427
73203530
25206F66
662200
@end example
@item rsect
synonym for @code{.section}
@item block
synonym for @code{.space}
@item even
synonym for @code{.align 1}
@end table
The following table summarizes the opcodes and their arguments:
@c kluge due to lack of group outside example
@page
@group
@smallexample
rs @r{16 bit source register}
rd @r{16 bit destination register}
rbs @r{8 bit source register}
rbd @r{8 bit destination register}
rrs @r{32 bit source register}
rrd @r{32 bit destination register}
rqs @r{64 bit source register}
rqd @r{64 bit destination register}
addr @r{16/24 bit address}
imm @r{immediate data}
adc rd,rs clrb addr cpsir @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
adcb rbd,rbs clrb addr(rd) cpsirb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
add rd,@@rs clrb rbd dab rbd
add rd,addr com @@rd dbjnz rbd,disp7
add rd,addr(rs) com addr dec @@rd,imm4m1
add rd,imm16 com addr(rd) dec addr(rd),imm4m1
add rd,rs com rd dec addr,imm4m1
addb rbd,@@rs comb @@rd dec rd,imm4m1
addb rbd,addr comb addr decb @@rd,imm4m1
addb rbd,addr(rs) comb addr(rd) decb addr(rd),imm4m1
addb rbd,imm8 comb rbd decb addr,imm4m1
addb rbd,rbs comflg flags decb rbd,imm4m1
addl rrd,@@rs cp @@rd,imm16 di i2
addl rrd,addr cp addr(rd),imm16 div rrd,@@rs
addl rrd,addr(rs) cp addr,imm16 div rrd,addr
addl rrd,imm32 cp rd,@@rs div rrd,addr(rs)
addl rrd,rrs cp rd,addr div rrd,imm16
and rd,@@rs cp rd,addr(rs) div rrd,rs
and rd,addr cp rd,imm16 divl rqd,@@rs
and rd,addr(rs) cp rd,rs divl rqd,addr
and rd,imm16 cpb @@rd,imm8 divl rqd,addr(rs)
and rd,rs cpb addr(rd),imm8 divl rqd,imm32
andb rbd,@@rs cpb addr,imm8 divl rqd,rrs
andb rbd,addr cpb rbd,@@rs djnz rd,disp7
andb rbd,addr(rs) cpb rbd,addr ei i2
andb rbd,imm8 cpb rbd,addr(rs) ex rd,@@rs
andb rbd,rbs cpb rbd,imm8 ex rd,addr
bit @@rd,imm4 cpb rbd,rbs ex rd,addr(rs)
bit addr(rd),imm4 cpd rd,@@rs,rr,cc ex rd,rs
bit addr,imm4 cpdb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,@@rs
bit rd,imm4 cpdr rd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,addr
bit rd,rs cpdrb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,addr(rs)
bitb @@rd,imm4 cpi rd,@@rs,rr,cc exb rbd,rbs
bitb addr(rd),imm4 cpib rbd,@@rs,rr,cc ext0e imm8
bitb addr,imm4 cpir rd,@@rs,rr,cc ext0f imm8
bitb rbd,imm4 cpirb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc ext8e imm8
bitb rbd,rs cpl rrd,@@rs ext8f imm8
bpt cpl rrd,addr exts rrd
call @@rd cpl rrd,addr(rs) extsb rd
call addr cpl rrd,imm32 extsl rqd
call addr(rd) cpl rrd,rrs halt
calr disp12 cpsd @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc in rd,@@rs
clr @@rd cpsdb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc in rd,imm16
clr addr cpsdr @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inb rbd,@@rs
clr addr(rd) cpsdrb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inb rbd,imm16
clr rd cpsi @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inc @@rd,imm4m1
clrb @@rd cpsib @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc inc addr(rd),imm4m1
@end group
@group
inc addr,imm4m1 ldb rbd,rs(rx) mult rrd,addr(rs)
inc rd,imm4m1 ldb rd(imm16),rbs mult rrd,imm16
incb @@rd,imm4m1 ldb rd(rx),rbs mult rrd,rs
incb addr(rd),imm4m1 ldctl ctrl,rs multl rqd,@@rs
incb addr,imm4m1 ldctl rd,ctrl multl rqd,addr
incb rbd,imm4m1 ldd @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,addr(rs)
ind @@rd,@@rs,ra lddb @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,imm32
indb @@rd,@@rs,rba lddr @@rs,@@rd,rr multl rqd,rrs
inib @@rd,@@rs,ra lddrb @@rs,@@rd,rr neg @@rd
inibr @@rd,@@rs,ra ldi @@rd,@@rs,rr neg addr
iret ldib @@rd,@@rs,rr neg addr(rd)
jp cc,@@rd ldir @@rd,@@rs,rr neg rd
jp cc,addr ldirb @@rd,@@rs,rr negb @@rd
jp cc,addr(rd) ldk rd,imm4 negb addr
jr cc,disp8 ldl @@rd,rrs negb addr(rd)
ld @@rd,imm16 ldl addr(rd),rrs negb rbd
ld @@rd,rs ldl addr,rrs nop
ld addr(rd),imm16 ldl rd(imm16),rrs or rd,@@rs
ld addr(rd),rs ldl rd(rx),rrs or rd,addr
ld addr,imm16 ldl rrd,@@rs or rd,addr(rs)
ld addr,rs ldl rrd,addr or rd,imm16
ld rd(imm16),rs ldl rrd,addr(rs) or rd,rs
ld rd(rx),rs ldl rrd,imm32 orb rbd,@@rs
ld rd,@@rs ldl rrd,rrs orb rbd,addr
ld rd,addr ldl rrd,rs(imm16) orb rbd,addr(rs)
ld rd,addr(rs) ldl rrd,rs(rx) orb rbd,imm8
ld rd,imm16 ldm @@rd,rs,n orb rbd,rbs
ld rd,rs ldm addr(rd),rs,n out @@rd,rs
ld rd,rs(imm16) ldm addr,rs,n out imm16,rs
ld rd,rs(rx) ldm rd,@@rs,n outb @@rd,rbs
lda rd,addr ldm rd,addr(rs),n outb imm16,rbs
lda rd,addr(rs) ldm rd,addr,n outd @@rd,@@rs,ra
lda rd,rs(imm16) ldps @@rs outdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
lda rd,rs(rx) ldps addr outib @@rd,@@rs,ra
ldar rd,disp16 ldps addr(rs) outibr @@rd,@@rs,ra
ldb @@rd,imm8 ldr disp16,rs pop @@rd,@@rs
ldb @@rd,rbs ldr rd,disp16 pop addr(rd),@@rs
ldb addr(rd),imm8 ldrb disp16,rbs pop addr,@@rs
ldb addr(rd),rbs ldrb rbd,disp16 pop rd,@@rs
ldb addr,imm8 ldrl disp16,rrs popl @@rd,@@rs
ldb addr,rbs ldrl rrd,disp16 popl addr(rd),@@rs
ldb rbd,@@rs mbit popl addr,@@rs
ldb rbd,addr mreq rd popl rrd,@@rs
ldb rbd,addr(rs) mres push @@rd,@@rs
ldb rbd,imm8 mset push @@rd,addr
ldb rbd,rbs mult rrd,@@rs push @@rd,addr(rs)
ldb rbd,rs(imm16) mult rrd,addr push @@rd,imm16
@end group
@group
push @@rd,rs set addr,imm4 subl rrd,imm32
pushl @@rd,@@rs set rd,imm4 subl rrd,rrs
pushl @@rd,addr set rd,rs tcc cc,rd
pushl @@rd,addr(rs) setb @@rd,imm4 tccb cc,rbd
pushl @@rd,rrs setb addr(rd),imm4 test @@rd
res @@rd,imm4 setb addr,imm4 test addr
res addr(rd),imm4 setb rbd,imm4 test addr(rd)
res addr,imm4 setb rbd,rs test rd
res rd,imm4 setflg imm4 testb @@rd
res rd,rs sinb rbd,imm16 testb addr
resb @@rd,imm4 sinb rd,imm16 testb addr(rd)
resb addr(rd),imm4 sind @@rd,@@rs,ra testb rbd
resb addr,imm4 sindb @@rd,@@rs,rba testl @@rd
resb rbd,imm4 sinib @@rd,@@rs,ra testl addr
resb rbd,rs sinibr @@rd,@@rs,ra testl addr(rd)
resflg imm4 sla rd,imm8 testl rrd
ret cc slab rbd,imm8 trdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
rl rd,imm1or2 slal rrd,imm8 trdrb @@rd,@@rs,rba
rlb rbd,imm1or2 sll rd,imm8 trib @@rd,@@rs,rbr
rlc rd,imm1or2 sllb rbd,imm8 trirb @@rd,@@rs,rbr
rlcb rbd,imm1or2 slll rrd,imm8 trtdrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
rldb rbb,rba sout imm16,rs trtib @@ra,@@rb,rr
rr rd,imm1or2 soutb imm16,rbs trtirb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
rrb rbd,imm1or2 soutd @@rd,@@rs,ra trtrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
rrc rd,imm1or2 soutdb @@rd,@@rs,rba tset @@rd
rrcb rbd,imm1or2 soutib @@rd,@@rs,ra tset addr
rrdb rbb,rba soutibr @@rd,@@rs,ra tset addr(rd)
rsvd36 sra rd,imm8 tset rd
rsvd38 srab rbd,imm8 tsetb @@rd
rsvd78 sral rrd,imm8 tsetb addr
rsvd7e srl rd,imm8 tsetb addr(rd)
rsvd9d srlb rbd,imm8 tsetb rbd
rsvd9f srll rrd,imm8 xor rd,@@rs
rsvdb9 sub rd,@@rs xor rd,addr
rsvdbf sub rd,addr xor rd,addr(rs)
sbc rd,rs sub rd,addr(rs) xor rd,imm16
sbcb rbd,rbs sub rd,imm16 xor rd,rs
sc imm8 sub rd,rs xorb rbd,@@rs
sda rd,rs subb rbd,@@rs xorb rbd,addr
sdab rbd,rs subb rbd,addr xorb rbd,addr(rs)
sdal rrd,rs subb rbd,addr(rs) xorb rbd,imm8
sdl rd,rs subb rbd,imm8 xorb rbd,rbs
sdlb rbd,rs subb rbd,rbs xorb rbd,rbs
sdll rrd,rs subl rrd,@@rs
set @@rd,imm4 subl rrd,addr
set addr(rd),imm4 subl rrd,addr(rs)
@end group
@end smallexample
_fi__(_Z8000__)
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_if__(0)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
@c pesch@cygnus.com: we ignore the following chapters, since internals are
@c changing rapidly. These may need to be moved to another
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@c book anyhow, if we adopt the model of user/modifier
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c books.
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Maintenance
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@chapter Maintaining the Assembler
[[this chapter is still being built]]
@section Design
We had these goals, in descending priority:
@table @b
@item Accuracy.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
For every program composed by a compiler, @code{_AS__} should emit
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
``correct'' code. This leaves some latitude in choosing addressing
modes, order of @code{relocation_info} structures in the object
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
file, @emph{etc}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item Speed, for usual case.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
By far the most common use of @code{_AS__} will be assembling compiler
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
emissions.
@item Upward compatibility for existing assembler code.
Well @dots{} we don't support Vax bit fields but everything else
seems to be upward compatible.
@item Readability.
The code should be maintainable with few surprises. (JF: ha!)
@end table
We assumed that disk I/O was slow and expensive while memory was
fast and access to memory was cheap. We expect the in-memory data
structures to be less than 10 times the size of the emitted object
file. (Contrast this with the C compiler where in-memory structures
might be 100 times object file size!)
This suggests:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Try to read the source file from disk only one time. For other
reasons, we keep large chunks of the source file in memory during
assembly so this is not a problem. Also the assembly algorithm
should only scan the source text once if the compiler composed the
text according to a few simple rules.
@item
Emit the object code bytes only once. Don't store values and then
backpatch later.
@item
Build the object file in memory and do direct writes to disk of
large buffers.
@end itemize
RMS suggested a one-pass algorithm which seems to work well. By not
parsing text during a second pass considerable time is saved on
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
large programs (@emph{e.g.} the sort of C program @code{yacc} would
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
emit).
It happened that the data structures needed to emit relocation
information to the object file were neatly subsumed into the data
structures that do backpatching of addresses after pass 1.
Many of the functions began life as re-usable modules, loosely
connected. RMS changed this to gain speed. For example, input
parsing routines which used to work on pre-sanitized strings now
must parse raw data. Hence they have to import knowledge of the
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
assemblers' comment conventions @emph{etc}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@section Deprecated Feature(?)s
We have stopped supporting some features:
@itemize @bullet
@item
@code{.org} statements must have @b{defined} expressions.
@item
Vax Bit fields (@kbd{:} operator) are entirely unsupported.
@end itemize
It might be a good idea to not support these features in a future release:
@itemize @bullet
@item
@kbd{#} should begin a comment, even in column 1.
@item
Why support the logical line & file concept any more?
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Subsections are a good candidate for flushing.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Depends on which compilers need them I guess.
@end itemize
@section Bugs, Ideas, Further Work
Clearly the major improvement is DON'T USE A TEXT-READING
ASSEMBLER for the back end of a compiler. It is much faster to
interpret binary gobbledygook from a compiler's tables than to
ask the compiler to write out human-readable code just so the
assembler can parse it back to binary.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Assuming you use @code{_AS__} for human written programs: here are
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
some ideas:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Document (here) @code{APP}.
@item
Take advantage of knowing no spaces except after opcode
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
to speed up @code{_AS__}. (Modify @code{app.c} to flush useless spaces:
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
only keep space/tabs at begin of line or between 2
symbols.)
@item
Put pointers in this documentation to @file{a.out} documentation.
@item
Split the assembler into parts so it can gobble direct binary
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
from @emph{e.g.} @code{cc}. It is silly for@code{cc} to compose text
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
just so @code{_AS__} can parse it back to binary.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
Rewrite hash functions: I want a more modular, faster library.
@item
Clean up LOTS of code.
@item
Include all the non-@file{.c} files in the maintenance chapter.
@item
Document flonums.
@item
Implement flonum short literals.
@item
Change all talk of expression operands to expression quantities,
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
or perhaps to expression arguments.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item
Implement pass 2.
@item
Whenever a @code{.text} or @code{.data} statement is seen, we close
of the current frag with an imaginary @code{.fill 0}. This is
because we only have one obstack for frags, and we can't grow new
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
frags for a new subsection, then go back to the old subsection and
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
append bytes to the old frag. All this nonsense goes away if we
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
give each subsection its own obstack. It makes code simpler in
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
about 10 places, but nobody has bothered to do it because C compiler
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
output rarely changes subsections (compared to ending frags with
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
relaxable addresses, which is common).
@end itemize
@section Sources
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@c The following files in the @file{_AS__} directory
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@c are symbolic links to other files, of
@c the same name, in a different directory.
@c @itemize @bullet
@c @item
@c @file{atof_generic.c}
@c @item
@c @file{atof_vax.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_const.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_copy.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_get.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_multip.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_normal.c}
@c @item
@c @file{flonum_print.c}
@c @end itemize
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Here is a list of the source files in the @file{_AS__} directory.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @file
@item app.c
This contains the pre-processing phase, which deletes comments,
handles whitespace, etc. This was recently re-written, since app
used to be a separate program, but RMS wanted it to be inline.
@item append.c
This is a subroutine to append a string to another string returning a
pointer just after the last @code{char} appended. (JF: All these
little routines should probably all be put in one file.)
@item as.c
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Here you will find the main program of the assembler @code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item expr.c
This is a branch office of @file{read.c}. This understands
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
expressions, arguments. Inside @code{_AS__}, arguments are called
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
(expression) @emph{operands}. This is confusing, because we also talk
(elsewhere) about instruction @emph{operands}. Also, expression
operands are called @emph{quantities} explicitly to avoid confusion
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
with instruction operands. What a mess.
@item frags.c
This implements the @b{frag} concept. Without frags, finding the
right size for branch instructions would be a lot harder.
@item hash.c
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This contains the symbol table, opcode table @emph{etc.} hashing
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
functions.
@item hex_value.c
This is a table of values of digits, for use in atoi() type
functions. Could probably be flushed by using calls to strtol(), or
something similar.
@item input-file.c
This contains Operating system dependent source file reading
routines. Since error messages often say where we are in reading
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
the source file, they live here too. Since @code{_AS__} is intended to
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
run under GNU and Unix only, this might be worth flushing. Anyway,
almost all C compilers support stdio.
@item input-scrub.c
This deals with calling the pre-processor (if needed) and feeding the
chunks back to the rest of the assembler the right way.
@item messages.c
This contains operating system independent parts of fatal and
warning message reporting. See @file{append.c} above.
@item output-file.c
This contains operating system dependent functions that write an
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
object file for @code{_AS__}. See @file{input-file.c} above.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item read.c
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This implements all the directives of @code{_AS__}. This also deals
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
with passing input lines to the machine dependent part of the
assembler.
@item strstr.c
This is a C library function that isn't in most C libraries yet.
See @file{append.c} above.
@item subsegs.c
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This implements subsections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item symbols.c
This implements symbols.
@item write.c
This contains the code to perform relaxation, and to write out
the object file. It is mostly operating system independent, but
different OSes have different object file formats in any case.
@item xmalloc.c
This implements @code{malloc()} or bust. See @file{append.c} above.
@item xrealloc.c
This implements @code{realloc()} or bust. See @file{append.c} above.
@item atof-generic.c
The following files were taken from a machine-independent subroutine
library for manipulating floating point numbers and very large
integers.
@file{atof-generic.c} turns a string into a flonum internal format
floating-point number.
@item flonum-const.c
This contains some potentially useful floating point numbers in
flonum format.
@item flonum-copy.c
This copies a flonum.
@item flonum-multip.c
This multiplies two flonums together.
@item bignum-copy.c
This copies a bignum.
@end table
Here is a table of all the machine-specific files (this includes
both source and header files). Typically, there is a
@var{machine}.c file, a @var{machine}-opcode.h file, and an
atof-@var{machine}.c file. The @var{machine}-opcode.h file should
be identical to the one used by GDB (which uses it for disassembly.)
@table @file
@item atof-ieee.c
This contains code to turn a flonum into a ieee literal constant.
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This is used by tye 680x0, 32x32, sparc, and i386 versions of @code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item i386-opcode.h
This is the opcode-table for the i386 version of the assembler.
@item i386.c
This contains all the code for the i386 version of the assembler.
@item i386.h
This defines constants and macros used by the i386 version of the assembler.
@item m-generic.h
generic 68020 header file. To be linked to m68k.h on a
non-sun3, non-hpux system.
@item m-sun2.h
68010 header file for Sun2 workstations. Not well tested. To be linked
to m68k.h on a sun2. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
@file{Makefile}.)
@item m-sun3.h
68020 header file for Sun3 workstations. To be linked to m68k.h before
compiling on a Sun3 system. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
@file{Makefile}.)
@item m-hpux.h
68020 header file for a HPUX (system 5?) box. Which box, which
version of HPUX, etc? I don't know.
@item m68k.h
A hard- or symbolic- link to one of @file{m-generic.h},
@file{m-hpux.h} or @file{m-sun3.h} depending on which kind of
680x0 you are assembling for. (See also @samp{-DSUN_ASM_SYNTAX} in the
@file{Makefile}.)
@item m68k-opcode.h
Opcode table for 68020. This is now a link to the opcode table
in the @code{GDB} source directory.
@item m68k.c
All the mc680x0 code, in one huge, slow-to-compile file.
@item ns32k.c
This contains the code for the ns32032/ns32532 version of the
assembler.
@item ns32k-opcode.h
This contains the opcode table for the ns32032/ns32532 version
of the assembler.
@item vax-inst.h
Vax specific file for describing Vax operands and other Vax-ish things.
@item vax-opcode.h
Vax opcode table.
@item vax.c
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Vax specific parts of @code{_AS__}. Also includes the former files
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@file{vax-ins-parse.c}, @file{vax-reg-parse.c} and @file{vip-op.c}.
@item atof-vax.c
Turns a flonum into a Vax constant.
@item vms.c
This file contains the special code needed to put out a VMS
style object file for the Vax.
@end table
Here is a list of the header files in the source directory.
(Warning: This section may not be very accurate. I didn't
write the header files; I just report them.) Also note that I
think many of these header files could be cleaned up or
eliminated.
@table @file
@item a.out.h
This describes the structures used to create the binary header data
inside the object file. Perhaps we should use the one in
@file{/usr/include}?
@item as.h
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
This defines all the globally useful things, and pulls in _0__<stdio.h>_1__
and _0__<assert.h>_1__.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item bignum.h
This defines macros useful for dealing with bignums.
@item expr.h
Structure and macros for dealing with expression()
@item flonum.h
This defines the structure for dealing with floating point
numbers. It #includes @file{bignum.h}.
@item frags.h
This contains macro for appending a byte to the current frag.
@item hash.h
Structures and function definitions for the hashing functions.
@item input-file.h
Function headers for the input-file.c functions.
@item md.h
structures and function headers for things defined in the
machine dependent part of the assembler.
@item obstack.h
This is the GNU systemwide include file for manipulating obstacks.
Since nobody is running under real GNU yet, we include this file.
@item read.h
Macros and function headers for reading in source files.
@item struct-symbol.h
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
Structure definition and macros for dealing with the _AS__
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
internal form of a symbol.
@item subsegs.h
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
structure definition for dealing with the numbered subsections
of the text and data sections.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item symbols.h
Macros and function headers for dealing with symbols.
@item write.h
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Structure for doing section fixups.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@c ~subsection Test Directory
@c (Note: The test directory seems to have disappeared somewhere
@c along the line. If you want it, you'll probably have to find a
@c REALLY OLD dump tape~dots{})
@c
@c The ~file{test/} directory is used for regression testing.
@c After you modify ~@code{_AS__}, you can get a quick go/nogo
@c confidence test by running the new ~@code{_AS__} over the source
@c files in this directory. You use a shell script ~file{test/do}.
@c
@c The tests in this suite are evolving. They are not comprehensive.
@c They have, however, caught hundreds of bugs early in the debugging
@c cycle of ~@code{_AS__}. Most test statements in this suite were naturally
@c selected: they were used to demonstrate actual ~@code{_AS__} bugs rather
@c than being written ~i{a prioi}.
@c
@c Another testing suggestion: over 30 bugs have been found simply by
@c running examples from this manual through ~@code{_AS__}.
@c Some examples in this manual are selected
@c to distinguish boundary conditions; they are good for testing ~@code{_AS__}.
@c
@c ~subsubsection Regression Testing
@c Each regression test involves assembling a file and comparing the
@c actual output of ~@code{_AS__} to ``known good'' output files. Both
@c the object file and the error/warning message file (stderr) are
@c inspected. Optionally the ~@code{_AS__} exit status may be checked.
@c Discrepencies are reported. Each discrepency means either that
@c you broke some part of ~@code{_AS__} or that the ``known good'' files
@c are now out of date and should be changed to reflect the new
@c definition of ``good''.
@c
@c Each regression test lives in its own directory, in a tree
@c rooted in the directory ~file{test/}. Each such directory
@c has a name ending in ~file{.ret}, where `ret' stands for
@c REgression Test. The ~file{.ret} ending allows ~code{find
@c (1)} to find all regression tests in the tree, without
@c needing to list them explicitly.
@c
@c Any ~file{.ret} directory must contain a file called
@c ~file{input} which is the source file to assemble. During
@c testing an object file ~file{output} is created, as well as
@c a file ~file{stdouterr} which contains the output to both
@c stderr and stderr. If there is a file ~file{output.good} in
@c the directory, and if ~file{output} contains exactly the
@c same data as ~file{output.good}, the file ~file{output} is
@c deleted. Likewise ~file{stdouterr} is removed if it exactly
@c matches a file ~file{stdouterr.good}. If file
@c ~file{status.good} is present, containing a decimal number
@c before a newline, the exit status of ~@code{_AS__} is compared
@c to this number. If the status numbers are not equal, a file
@c ~file{status} is written to the directory, containing the
@c actual status as a decimal number followed by newline.
@c
@c Should any of the ~file{*.good} files fail to match their corresponding
@c actual files, this is noted by a 1-line message on the screen during
@c the regression test, and you can use ~@code{find (1)} to find any
@c files named ~file{status}, ~file {output} or ~file{stdouterr}.
@c
@node Retargeting
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@chapter Teaching the Assembler about a New Machine
This chapter describes the steps required in order to make the
assembler work with another machine's assembly language. This
chapter is not complete, and only describes the steps in the
broadest terms. You should look at the source for the
currently supported machine in order to discover some of the
details that aren't mentioned here.
You should create a new file called @file{@var{machine}.c}, and
add the appropriate lines to the file @file{Makefile} so that
you can compile your new version of the assembler. This should
be straighforward; simply add lines similar to the ones there
for the four current versions of the assembler.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If you want to be compatible with GDB, (and the current
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
machine-dependent versions of the assembler), you should create
a file called @file{@var{machine}-opcode.h} which should
contain all the information about the names of the machine
instructions, their opcodes, and what addressing modes they
support. If you do this right, the assembler and GDB can share
this file, and you'll only have to write it once. Note that
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
while you're writing @code{_AS__}, you may want to use an
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
independent program (if you have access to one), to make sure
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
that @code{_AS__} is emitting the correct bytes. Since @code{_AS__}
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
and @code{GDB} share the opcode table, an incorrect opcode
table entry may make invalid bytes look OK when you disassemble
them with @code{GDB}.
@section Functions You will Have to Write
Your file @file{@var{machine}.c} should contain definitions for
the following functions and variables. It will need to include
some header files in order to use some of the structures
defined in the machine-independent part of the assembler. The
needed header files are mentioned in the descriptions of the
functions that will need them.
@table @code
@item long omagic;
This long integer holds the value to place at the beginning of
the @file{a.out} file. It is usually @samp{OMAGIC}, except on
machines that store additional information in the magic-number.
@item char comment_chars[];
This character array holds the values of the characters that
start a comment anywhere in a line. Comments are stripped off
automatically by the machine independent part of the
assembler. Note that the @samp{/*} will always start a
comment, and that only @samp{*/} will end a comment started by
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@samp{*/}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item char line_comment_chars[];
This character array holds the values of the chars that start a
comment only if they are the first (non-whitespace) character
on a line. If the character @samp{#} does not appear in this
list, you may get unexpected results. (Various
machine-independent parts of the assembler treat the comments
@samp{#APP} and @samp{#NO_APP} specially, and assume that lines
that start with @samp{#} are comments.)
@item char EXP_CHARS[];
This character array holds the letters that can separate the
mantissa and the exponent of a floating point number. Typical
values are @samp{e} and @samp{E}.
@item char FLT_CHARS[];
This character array holds the letters that--when they appear
immediately after a leading zero--indicate that a number is a
floating-point number. (Sort of how 0x indicates that a
hexadecimal number follows.)
@item pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[];
(@var{pseudo_typeS} is defined in @file{md.h})
This array contains a list of the machine_dependent directives
the assembler must support. It contains the name of each
pseudo op (Without the leading @samp{.}), a pointer to a
function to be called when that directive is encountered, and
an integer argument to be passed to that function.
@item void md_begin(void)
This function is called as part of the assembler's
initialization. It should do any initialization required by
any of your other routines.
@item int md_parse_option(char **optionPTR, int *argcPTR, char ***argvPTR)
This routine is called once for each option on the command line
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
that the machine-independent part of @code{_AS__} does not
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
understand. This function should return non-zero if the option
pointed to by @var{optionPTR} is a valid option. If it is not
a valid option, this routine should return zero. The variables
@var{argcPTR} and @var{argvPTR} are provided in case the option
requires a filename or something similar as an argument. If
the option is multi-character, @var{optionPTR} should be
advanced past the end of the option, otherwise every letter in
the option will be treated as a separate single-character
option.
@item void md_assemble(char *string)
This routine is called for every machine-dependent
non-directive line in the source file. It does all the real
work involved in reading the opcode, parsing the operands,
etc. @var{string} is a pointer to a null-terminated string,
that comprises the input line, with all excess whitespace and
comments removed.
@item void md_number_to_chars(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
into the series of bytes that represents that number on the
target machine. @var{outputPTR} points to an array where the
result should be stored; @var{value} is the value to store; and
@var{nbytes} is the number of bytes in 'value' that should be
stored.
@item void md_number_to_imm(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
into the series of bytes that represent an immediate value on
the target machine. It is identical to the function @code{md_number_to_chars},
except on NS32K machines.@refill
@item void md_number_to_disp(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
This routine is called to turn a C long int, short int, or char
into the series of bytes that represent an displacement value on
the target machine. It is identical to the function @code{md_number_to_chars},
except on NS32K machines.@refill
@item void md_number_to_field(char *outputPTR,long value,int nbytes)
This routine is identical to @code{md_number_to_chars},
except on NS32K machines.
@item void md_ri_to_chars(struct relocation_info *riPTR,ri)
(@code{struct relocation_info} is defined in @file{a.out.h})
This routine emits the relocation info in @var{ri}
in the appropriate bit-pattern for the target machine.
The result should be stored in the location pointed
to by @var{riPTR}. This routine may be a no-op unless you are
attempting to do cross-assembly.
@item char *md_atof(char type,char *outputPTR,int *sizePTR)
This routine turns a series of digits into the appropriate
internal representation for a floating-point number.
@var{type} is a character from @var{FLT_CHARS[]} that describes
what kind of floating point number is wanted; @var{outputPTR}
is a pointer to an array that the result should be stored in;
and @var{sizePTR} is a pointer to an integer where the size (in
bytes) of the result should be stored. This routine should
return an error message, or an empty string (not (char *)0) for
success.
@item int md_short_jump_size;
This variable holds the (maximum) size in bytes of a short (16
bit or so) jump created by @code{md_create_short_jump()}. This
variable is used as part of the broken-word feature, and isn't
needed if the assembler is compiled with
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
@item int md_long_jump_size;
This variable holds the (maximum) size in bytes of a long (32
bit or so) jump created by @code{md_create_long_jump()}. This
variable is used as part of the broken-word feature, and isn't
needed if the assembler is compiled with
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
@item void md_create_short_jump(char *resultPTR,long from_addr,
@code{long to_addr,fragS *frag,symbolS *to_symbol)}
This function emits a jump from @var{from_addr} to @var{to_addr} in
the array of bytes pointed to by @var{resultPTR}. If this creates a
type of jump that must be relocated, this function should call
@code{fix_new()} with @var{frag} and @var{to_symbol}. The jump
emitted by this function may be smaller than @var{md_short_jump_size},
but it must never create a larger one.
(If it creates a smaller jump, the extra bytes of memory will not be
used.) This function is used as part of the broken-word feature,
and isn't needed if the assembler is compiled with
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.@refill
@item void md_create_long_jump(char *ptr,long from_addr,
@code{long to_addr,fragS *frag,symbolS *to_symbol)}
This function is similar to the previous function,
@code{md_create_short_jump()}, except that it creates a long
jump instead of a short one. This function is used as part of
the broken-word feature, and isn't needed if the assembler is
compiled with @samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD}.
@item int md_estimate_size_before_relax(fragS *fragPTR,int segment_type)
This function does the initial setting up for relaxation. This
includes forcing references to still-undefined symbols to the
appropriate addressing modes.
@item relax_typeS md_relax_table[];
(relax_typeS is defined in md.h)
This array describes the various machine dependent states a
frag may be in before relaxation. You will need one group of
entries for each type of addressing mode you intend to relax.
@item void md_convert_frag(fragS *fragPTR)
(@var{fragS} is defined in @file{as.h})
This routine does the required cleanup after relaxation.
Relaxation has changed the type of the frag to a type that can
reach its destination. This function should adjust the opcode
of the frag to use the appropriate addressing mode.
@var{fragPTR} points to the frag to clean up.
@item void md_end(void)
This function is called just before the assembler exits. It
need not free up memory unless the operating system doesn't do
it automatically on exit. (In which case you'll also have to
track down all the other places where the assembler allocates
space but never frees it.)
@end table
@section External Variables You will Need to Use
You will need to refer to or change the following external variables
from within the machine-dependent part of the assembler.
@table @code
@item extern char flagseen[];
This array holds non-zero values in locations corresponding to
the options that were on the command line. Thus, if the
assembler was called with @samp{-W}, @var{flagseen['W']} would
be non-zero.
@item extern fragS *frag_now;
This pointer points to the current frag--the frag that bytes
are currently being added to. If nothing else, you will need
to pass it as an argument to various machine-independent
functions. It is maintained automatically by the
frag-manipulating functions; you should never have to change it
yourself.
@item extern LITTLENUM_TYPE generic_bignum[];
(@var{LITTLENUM_TYPE} is defined in @file{bignum.h}.
This is where @dfn{bignums}--numbers larger than 32 bits--are
returned when they are encountered in an expression. You will
need to use this if you need to implement directives (or
anything else) that must deal with these large numbers.
@code{Bignums} are of @code{segT} @code{SEG_BIG} (defined in
@file{as.h}, and have a positive @code{X_add_number}. The
@code{X_add_number} of a @code{bignum} is the number of
@code{LITTLENUMS} in @var{generic_bignum} that the number takes
up.
@item extern FLONUM_TYPE generic_floating_point_number;
(@var{FLONUM_TYPE} is defined in @file{flonum.h}.
The is where @dfn{flonums}--floating-point numbers within
expressions--are returned. @code{Flonums} are of @code{segT}
@code{SEG_BIG}, and have a negative @code{X_add_number}.
@code{Flonums} are returned in a generic format. You will have
to write a routine to turn this generic format into the
appropriate floating-point format for your machine.
@item extern int need_pass_2;
If this variable is non-zero, the assembler has encountered an
expression that cannot be assembled in a single pass. Since
the second pass isn't implemented, this flag means that the
assembler is punting, and is only looking for additional syntax
errors. (Or something like that.)
@item extern segT now_seg;
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This variable holds the value of the section the assembler is
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
currently assembling into.
@end table
@section External functions will you need
You will find the following external functions useful (or
indispensable) when you're writing the machine-dependent part
of the assembler.
@table @code
@item char *frag_more(int bytes)
This function allocates @var{bytes} more bytes in the current
frag (or starts a new frag, if it can't expand the current frag
any more.) for you to store some object-file bytes in. It
returns a pointer to the bytes, ready for you to store data in.
@item void fix_new(fragS *frag, int where, short size, symbolS *add_symbol, symbolS *sub_symbol, long offset, int pcrel)
This function stores a relocation fixup to be acted on later.
@var{frag} points to the frag the relocation belongs in;
@var{where} is the location within the frag where the relocation begins;
@var{size} is the size of the relocation, and is usually 1 (a single byte),
2 (sixteen bits), or 4 (a longword).
The value @var{add_symbol} @minus{} @var{sub_symbol} + @var{offset}, is added to the byte(s)
1991-03-15 22:08:02 +00:00
at _0__@var{frag->literal[where]}_1__. If @var{pcrel} is non-zero, the address of the
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
location is subtracted from the result. A relocation entry is also added
to the @file{a.out} file. @var{add_symbol}, @var{sub_symbol}, and/or
@var{offset} may be NULL.@refill
@item char *frag_var(relax_stateT type, int max_chars, int var,
@code{relax_substateT subtype, symbolS *symbol, char *opcode)}
This function creates a machine-dependent frag of type @var{type}
(usually @code{rs_machine_dependent}).
@var{max_chars} is the maximum size in bytes that the frag may grow by;
@var{var} is the current size of the variable end of the frag;
@var{subtype} is the sub-type of the frag. The sub-type is used to index into
@var{md_relax_table[]} during @code{relaxation}.
@var{symbol} is the symbol whose value should be used to when relax-ing this frag.
@var{opcode} points into a byte whose value may have to be modified if the
addressing mode used by this frag changes. It typically points into the
@var{fr_literal[]} of the previous frag, and is used to point to a location
that @code{md_convert_frag()}, may have to change.@refill
@item void frag_wane(fragS *fragPTR)
This function is useful from within @code{md_convert_frag}. It
changes a frag to type rs_fill, and sets the variable-sized
piece of the frag to zero. The frag will never change in size
again.
@item segT expression(expressionS *retval)
(@var{segT} is defined in @file{as.h}; @var{expressionS} is defined in @file{expr.h})
This function parses the string pointed to by the external char
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
pointer @var{input_line_pointer}, and returns the section-type
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
of the expression. It also stores the results in the
@var{expressionS} pointed to by @var{retval}.
@var{input_line_pointer} is advanced to point past the end of
the expression. (@var{input_line_pointer} is used by other
parts of the assembler. If you modify it, be sure to restore
it to its original value.)
@item as_warn(char *message,@dots{})
If warning messages are disabled, this function does nothing.
Otherwise, it prints out the current file name, and the current
line number, then uses @code{fprintf} to print the
@var{message} and any arguments it was passed.
@item as_bad(char *message,@dots{})
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
This function should be called when @code{_AS__} encounters
conditions that are bad enough that @code{_AS__} should not
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
produce an object file, but should continue reading input and
printing warning and bad error messages.
@item as_fatal(char *message,@dots{})
This function prints out the current file name and line number,
prints the word @samp{FATAL:}, then uses @code{fprintf} to
print the @var{message} and any arguments it was passed. Then
the assembler exits. This function should only be used for
serious, unrecoverable errors.
@item void float_const(int float_type)
This function reads floating-point constants from the current
input line, and calls @code{md_atof} to assemble them. It is
useful as the function to call for the directives
@samp{.single}, @samp{.double}, @samp{.float}, etc.
@var{float_type} must be a character from @var{FLT_CHARS}.
@item void demand_empty_rest_of_line(void);
This function can be used by machine-dependent directives to
make sure the rest of the input line is empty. It prints a
warning message if there are additional characters on the line.
@item long int get_absolute_expression(void)
This function can be used by machine-dependent directives to
read an absolute number from the current input line. It
returns the result. If it isn't given an absolute expression,
it prints a warning message and returns zero.
@end table
@section The concept of Frags
This assembler works to optimize the size of certain addressing
modes. (e.g. branch instructions) This means the size of many
pieces of object code cannot be determined until after assembly
is finished. (This means that the addresses of symbols cannot be
determined until assembly is finished.) In order to do this,
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__} stores the output bytes as @dfn{frags}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
Here is the definition of a frag (from @file{as.h})
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
struct frag
@{
long int fr_fix;
long int fr_var;
relax_stateT fr_type;
relax_substateT fr_substate;
unsigned long fr_address;
long int fr_offset;
struct symbol *fr_symbol;
char *fr_opcode;
struct frag *fr_next;
char fr_literal[];
@}
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@table @var
@item fr_fix
is the size of the fixed-size piece of the frag.
@item fr_var
is the maximum (?) size of the variable-sized piece of the frag.
@item fr_type
is the type of the frag.
Current types are:
rs_fill
rs_align
rs_org
rs_machine_dependent
@item fr_substate
This stores the type of machine-dependent frag this is. (what
kind of addressing mode is being used, and what size is being
tried/will fit/etc.
@item fr_address
@var{fr_address} is only valid after relaxation is finished.
Before relaxation, the only way to store an address is (pointer
to frag containing the address) plus (offset into the frag).
@item fr_offset
This contains a number, whose meaning depends on the type of
the frag.
for machine_dependent frags, this contains the offset from
fr_symbol that the frag wants to go to. Thus, for branch
instructions it is usually zero. (unless the instruction was
@samp{jba foo+12} or something like that.)
@item fr_symbol
for machine_dependent frags, this points to the symbol the frag
needs to reach.
@item fr_opcode
This points to the location in the frag (or in a previous frag)
of the opcode for the instruction that caused this to be a frag.
@var{fr_opcode} is needed if the actual opcode must be changed
in order to use a different form of the addressing mode.
(For example, if a conditional branch only comes in size tiny,
a large-size branch could be implemented by reversing the sense
of the test, and turning it into a tiny branch over a large jump.
This would require changing the opcode.)
@var{fr_literal} is a variable-size array that contains the
actual object bytes. A frag consists of a fixed size piece of
object data, (which may be zero bytes long), followed by a
piece of object data whose size may not have been determined
yet. Other information includes the type of the frag (which
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
controls how it is relaxed),
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@item fr_next
This is the next frag in the singly-linked list. This is
usually only needed by the machine-independent part of
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@code{_AS__}.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end table
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
_fi__(0)
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Copying
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@cindex license
@cindex GPL
@cindex copying @code{_AS__}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@center Version 2, June 1991
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@display
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@unnumberedsec Preamble
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
@iftex
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end iftex
@ifinfo
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@enumerate
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@enumerate a
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@end enumerate
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@enumerate a
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@end enumerate
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
@item
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
@item
If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@item
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Foundation.
@item
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@iftex
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@heading NO WARRANTY
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@end iftex
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@ifinfo
@center NO WARRANTY
@end ifinfo
@item
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
@item
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end enumerate
@iftex
@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end ifinfo
@page
1991-03-23 01:26:32 +00:00
@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
along with this program; if not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end smallexample
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
@smallexample
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome
to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
for details.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
suits your program.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
1991-02-19 23:47:09 +00:00
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
@smallexample
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in
the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers)
written by James Hacker.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
1991-02-20 01:18:13 +00:00
@end smallexample
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1991-11-27 21:32:15 +00:00
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
1991-02-11 12:15:04 +00:00
1992-11-19 19:49:01 +00:00
@node Index
1992-01-21 22:25:37 +00:00
@unnumbered Index
@printindex cp
1991-01-17 15:34:55 +00:00
@summarycontents
@contents
@bye